1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" Copyright (c) 1995
|
|
|
|
.\" Jordan K. Hubbard
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
|
|
|
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
|
|
|
.\" are met:
|
|
|
|
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
|
|
|
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
|
|
|
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
|
|
|
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
|
|
|
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND
|
|
|
|
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
|
|
|
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
|
|
|
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE
|
|
|
|
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
|
|
|
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
|
|
|
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
|
|
|
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
|
|
|
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
|
|
|
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
|
|
|
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
1999-08-28 00:22:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" $FreeBSD$
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.\"
|
2012-06-05 03:14:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dd May 6, 2012
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dt RC.CONF 5
|
2000-07-03 12:56:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Os
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Sh NAME
|
|
|
|
.Nm rc.conf
|
2001-04-18 15:54:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.Nd system configuration information
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Sh DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
The file
|
2000-07-03 12:56:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Nm
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
contains descriptive information about the local host name, configuration
|
|
|
|
details for any potential network interfaces and which services should be
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
started up at system initial boot time.
|
|
|
|
In new installations, the
|
2000-07-03 12:56:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Nm
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
file is generally initialized by the system installation utility,
|
|
|
|
.Xr sysinstall 8 .
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
The purpose of
|
2000-07-03 12:56:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Nm
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is not to run commands or perform system startup actions
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
directly.
|
|
|
|
Instead, it is included by the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
various generic startup scripts in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc
|
|
|
|
which conditionalize their
|
|
|
|
internal actions according to the settings found there.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
1999-07-09 01:47:00 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf
|
|
|
|
file is included from the file
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/defaults/rc.conf ,
|
2000-03-03 14:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
which specifies the default settings for all the available options.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Options need only be specified in
|
1999-07-09 01:47:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf
|
2000-03-03 14:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
when the system administrator wishes to override these defaults.
|
|
|
|
The file
|
1999-07-09 01:47:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf.local
|
|
|
|
is used to override settings in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf
|
2000-03-03 14:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
for historical reasons.
|
2011-01-08 13:28:43 +00:00
|
|
|
In addition to
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf.local
|
|
|
|
you can also place smaller configuration files for each
|
2011-01-24 15:11:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rc 8
|
2011-01-08 13:28:43 +00:00
|
|
|
script in the
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf.d
|
|
|
|
directory, which will be included by the
|
|
|
|
.Va load_rc_config
|
|
|
|
function.
|
|
|
|
For jail configurations you could use the file
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf.d/jail
|
|
|
|
to store jail specific configuration options.
|
|
|
|
Also see the
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va rc_conf_files
|
|
|
|
variable below.
|
1999-07-09 01:47:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2006-01-27 02:46:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Options are set with
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Ar name Ns Li = Ns Ar value
|
2006-01-27 02:46:08 +00:00
|
|
|
assignments that use
|
|
|
|
.Xr sh 1
|
|
|
|
syntax.
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
The following list provides a name and short description for each
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
variable that can be set in the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Nm
|
|
|
|
file:
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Bl -tag -width indent-two
|
2003-01-14 15:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rc_debug
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable output of debug messages from rc scripts.
|
|
|
|
This variable can be helpful in diagnosing mistakes when
|
|
|
|
editing or integrating new scripts.
|
|
|
|
Beware that this produces copious output to the terminal and
|
|
|
|
.Xr syslog 3 .
|
|
|
|
.It Va rc_info
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2003-01-19 01:49:31 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
2003-01-14 15:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
disable informational messages from the rc scripts.
|
|
|
|
Informational messages are displayed when
|
|
|
|
a condition that is not serious enough to warrant a warning or
|
|
|
|
an error occurs.
|
2009-09-17 19:05:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rc_startmsgs
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
show
|
|
|
|
.Dq Starting foo:
|
|
|
|
when faststart is used (e.g., at boot time).
|
2005-12-10 20:21:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va early_late_divider
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The name of the script that should be used as the
|
|
|
|
delimiter between the
|
|
|
|
.Dq early
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Dq late
|
|
|
|
stages of the boot process.
|
|
|
|
The early stage should contain all the services needed to
|
|
|
|
get the disks (local or remote) mounted so that the late
|
|
|
|
stage can include scripts contained in the directories
|
|
|
|
listed in the
|
|
|
|
.Va local_startup
|
|
|
|
variable (see below).
|
|
|
|
Thus, the two likely candidates for this value are
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa mountcritlocal
|
|
|
|
for the typical system, and
|
|
|
|
.Pa mountcritremote
|
|
|
|
if the system needs remote file
|
2005-12-10 20:21:46 +00:00
|
|
|
systems mounted to get access to the
|
|
|
|
.Va local_startup
|
|
|
|
directories; for example when
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/local
|
|
|
|
is NFS mounted.
|
2006-01-13 01:09:55 +00:00
|
|
|
For
|
|
|
|
.Pa rc.conf
|
|
|
|
within a
|
|
|
|
.Xr jail 8
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa NETWORKING
|
|
|
|
is likely to be an appropriate value.
|
2005-12-10 20:21:46 +00:00
|
|
|
Extreme care should be taken when changing this value,
|
|
|
|
and before changing it one should ensure that there are
|
|
|
|
adequate provisions to recover from a failed boot
|
|
|
|
(such as physical contact with the machine,
|
|
|
|
or reliable remote console access).
|
2012-02-14 10:51:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va always_force_depends
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Various
|
|
|
|
.Pa rc.d
|
|
|
|
scripts use the force_depend function to check whether required
|
|
|
|
services are already running, and to start them if necessary.
|
|
|
|
By default during boot time this check is bypassed if the
|
|
|
|
required service is enabled in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf[.local] .
|
|
|
|
Setting this option will bypass that check at boot time and
|
|
|
|
always test whether or not the service is actually running.
|
|
|
|
Enabling this option is likely to increase your boot time if
|
|
|
|
services are enabled that utilize the force_depend check.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va swapfile
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
no swapfile is installed, otherwise the value is used as the full
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
pathname to a file to use for additional swap space.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va apm_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
enable support for Automatic Power Management with
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.Xr apm 8
|
|
|
|
command.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va apmd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Run
|
1999-08-25 15:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr apmd 8
|
|
|
|
to handle APM event from userland.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
This also enables support for APM.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va apmd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va apmd_enable
|
1999-08-25 15:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1999-08-25 15:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr apmd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2002-11-10 09:19:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va devd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Run
|
|
|
|
.Xr devd 8
|
|
|
|
to handle device added, removed or unknown events from the kernel.
|
2008-03-05 18:32:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ddb_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Run
|
|
|
|
.Xr ddb 8
|
2012-02-25 15:21:43 +00:00
|
|
|
to install
|
2008-03-05 18:32:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ddb 4
|
|
|
|
scripts at boot time.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ddb_config
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Configuration file for
|
|
|
|
.Xr ddb 8 .
|
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ddb.conf .
|
2011-06-18 19:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kld_list
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
A list of kernel modules to load right after the local
|
|
|
|
disks are mounted.
|
|
|
|
Loading modules at this point in the boot process is
|
|
|
|
much faster than doing it via
|
|
|
|
.Pa /boot/loader.conf
|
|
|
|
for those modules not necessary for mounting local disk.
|
2003-03-17 23:15:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kldxref_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to automatically rebuild
|
|
|
|
.Pa linker.hints
|
|
|
|
files with
|
|
|
|
.Xr kldxref 8
|
|
|
|
at boot time.
|
|
|
|
.It Va kldxref_clobber
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va kldxref_enable
|
|
|
|
is true,
|
|
|
|
setting to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
will overwrite existing
|
|
|
|
.Pa linker.hints
|
|
|
|
files at boot time.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise,
|
|
|
|
only missing
|
|
|
|
.Pa linker.hints
|
|
|
|
files are generated.
|
|
|
|
.It Va kldxref_module_path
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
A semi-colon
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Ql \&;
|
2003-03-17 23:15:53 +00:00
|
|
|
delimited list of paths containing
|
|
|
|
.Xr kld 4
|
|
|
|
modules.
|
|
|
|
If empty,
|
|
|
|
the contents of the
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va kern.module_path
|
2003-03-17 23:15:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr sysctl 8
|
|
|
|
are used.
|
2005-03-31 06:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va powerd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable the system power control facility with the
|
|
|
|
.Xr powerd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2005-05-01 08:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va powerd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va powerd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr powerd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va tmpmfs
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Controls the creation of a
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /tmp
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
memory file system.
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Always happens if set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2004-03-30 15:11:16 +00:00
|
|
|
and never happens if set to
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO .
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to anything else, a memory file system is created if
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /tmp
|
|
|
|
is not writable.
|
|
|
|
.It Va tmpsize
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Controls the size of a created
|
|
|
|
.Pa /tmp
|
|
|
|
memory file system.
|
2004-11-09 10:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va tmpmfs_flags
|
|
|
|
Extra options passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr mdmfs 8
|
|
|
|
utility when the memory file system for
|
|
|
|
.Pa /tmp
|
|
|
|
is created.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
2007-03-06 13:13:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li "-S" ,
|
2004-11-09 10:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
which inhibits the use of softupdates on
|
|
|
|
.Pa /tmp
|
2007-03-06 13:13:53 +00:00
|
|
|
so that file system space is freed without delay
|
|
|
|
after file truncation or deletion.
|
2004-11-09 10:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
See
|
|
|
|
.Xr mdmfs 8
|
|
|
|
for other options you can use in
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va tmpmfs_flags .
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va varmfs
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Controls the creation of a
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /var
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
memory file system.
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Always happens if set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2004-03-30 15:11:16 +00:00
|
|
|
and never happens if set to
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO .
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to anything else, a memory file system is created if
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /var
|
|
|
|
is not writable.
|
|
|
|
.It Va varsize
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Controls the size of a created
|
|
|
|
.Pa /var
|
|
|
|
memory file system.
|
2004-11-09 10:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va varmfs_flags
|
|
|
|
Extra options passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr mdmfs 8
|
|
|
|
utility when the memory file system for
|
|
|
|
.Pa /var
|
|
|
|
is created.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
2007-03-06 13:13:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li "-S" ,
|
2004-11-09 10:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
which inhibits the use of softupdates on
|
|
|
|
.Pa /var
|
2007-03-06 13:13:53 +00:00
|
|
|
so that file system space is freed without delay
|
|
|
|
after file truncation or deletion.
|
2004-11-09 10:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
See
|
|
|
|
.Xr mdmfs 8
|
|
|
|
for other options you can use in
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va varmfs_flags .
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va populate_var
|
|
|
|
Controls the automatic population of the
|
|
|
|
.Pa /var
|
|
|
|
file system.
|
|
|
|
Always happens if set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2004-03-30 15:11:16 +00:00
|
|
|
and never happens if set to
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO .
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to anything else, a memory file system is created if
|
2004-10-17 13:19:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /var
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
is not writable.
|
2004-03-23 23:22:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that this process requires access to certain commands in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr
|
|
|
|
before
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr
|
|
|
|
is mounted on normal systems.
|
2005-12-19 10:57:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va cleanvar_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Clean the
|
|
|
|
.Pa /var
|
|
|
|
directory.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va local_startup
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
List of directories to search for startup script files.
|
2001-07-17 14:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va script_name_sep
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The field separator to use for breaking down the list of startup script files
|
|
|
|
into individual filenames.
|
|
|
|
The default is a space.
|
2001-08-21 19:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
It is not necessary to change this unless there are startup scripts with names
|
2001-07-17 14:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
containing spaces.
|
2006-02-03 01:35:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va hostapd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to start
|
|
|
|
.Xr hostapd 8
|
|
|
|
at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va hostname
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of this host on the network.
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
This should almost certainly be set to something meaningful, even if
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
there is no network connection.
|
|
|
|
If
|
1999-09-02 05:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr dhclient 8
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
is used to set the hostname via DHCP,
|
|
|
|
this variable should be set to an empty string.
|
2009-11-10 03:18:49 +00:00
|
|
|
If this value remains unset when the system is done booting
|
2009-11-10 19:50:28 +00:00
|
|
|
your console login will display the default hostname of
|
2012-05-12 15:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Amnesiac .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nisdomainname
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-08-21 19:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
The NIS domain name of this host, or
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if NIS is not used.
|
2003-06-07 10:31:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va dhclient_program
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to the DHCP client program
|
2001-08-07 15:48:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa ( /sbin/dhclient ,
|
2005-08-18 19:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.Ox
|
|
|
|
DHCP client,
|
2001-08-07 15:48:51 +00:00
|
|
|
is the default).
|
2003-06-07 10:31:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va dhclient_flags
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Additional flags to pass to the DHCP client program.
|
2005-08-18 19:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
For the
|
|
|
|
.Ox
|
|
|
|
DHCP client, see the
|
2000-01-13 12:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr dhclient 8
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
manpage for a description of the command line options available.
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va dhclient_flags_ Ns Aq Ar iface
|
2006-08-17 17:12:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Additional flags to pass to the DHCP client program running on
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar iface
|
2006-08-17 17:12:27 +00:00
|
|
|
only.
|
|
|
|
When specified, this variable overrides
|
|
|
|
.Va dhclient_flags .
|
2003-07-28 08:17:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va background_dhclient
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2005-11-12 21:45:20 +00:00
|
|
|
to start the DHCP client in background.
|
2003-07-28 13:56:00 +00:00
|
|
|
This can cause trouble with applications depending on
|
|
|
|
a working network, but it will provide a faster startup
|
|
|
|
in many cases.
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va background_dhclient_ Ns Aq Ar iface
|
2006-08-17 17:12:27 +00:00
|
|
|
When specified, this variable overrides the
|
|
|
|
.Va background_dhclient
|
|
|
|
variable for interface
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar iface
|
2006-08-17 17:12:27 +00:00
|
|
|
only.
|
2006-04-13 18:34:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va synchronous_dhclient
|
2009-09-28 09:49:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2006-04-13 06:50:46 +00:00
|
|
|
Set to
|
2008-05-15 01:06:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2006-04-13 06:50:46 +00:00
|
|
|
to start
|
|
|
|
.Xr dhclient 8
|
2008-05-15 01:06:10 +00:00
|
|
|
synchronously at startup.
|
2006-04-13 06:50:46 +00:00
|
|
|
This behavior can be overridden on a per-interface basis by replacing
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li DHCP
|
|
|
|
keyword in the
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable with
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li SYNCDHCP
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NOSYNCDHCP .
|
2009-02-17 11:55:50 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va defaultroute_delay
|
2008-05-15 01:06:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
When set to a positive value, wait up to this long after configuring
|
|
|
|
DHCP interfaces at startup to give the interfaces time to receive a lease.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va firewall_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
to load firewall rules at startup.
|
|
|
|
If the kernel was not built with
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Cd "options IPFIREWALL" ,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.Pa ipfw.ko
|
1997-10-20 08:37:59 +00:00
|
|
|
kernel module will be loaded.
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
See also
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ipfilter_enable .
|
|
|
|
.It Va firewall_script
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
This variable specifies the full path to the firewall script to run.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.firewall .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va firewall_type
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Names the firewall type from the selection in
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.firewall ,
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
or the file which contains the local firewall ruleset.
|
|
|
|
Valid selections from
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.firewall
|
|
|
|
are:
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
.Bl -tag -width ".Li simple" -compact
|
|
|
|
.It Li open
|
|
|
|
unrestricted IP access
|
|
|
|
.It Li closed
|
|
|
|
all IP services disabled, except via
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li lo0
|
|
|
|
.It Li client
|
|
|
|
basic protection for a workstation
|
|
|
|
.It Li simple
|
|
|
|
basic protection for a LAN.
|
|
|
|
.El
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
If a filename is specified, the full path
|
2000-04-27 00:48:59 +00:00
|
|
|
must be given.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va firewall_quiet
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to disable the display of firewall rules on the console during boot.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va firewall_logging
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to enable firewall event logging.
|
2001-07-23 10:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
This is equivalent to the
|
|
|
|
.Dv IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE
|
|
|
|
kernel option.
|
2001-08-20 00:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va firewall_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Flags passed to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipfw 8
|
|
|
|
if
|
|
|
|
.Va firewall_type
|
|
|
|
specifies a filename.
|
2010-02-08 18:51:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va firewall_coscripts
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
List of executables and/or rc scripts to run after firewall starts/stops.
|
|
|
|
Default is empty.
|
2008-01-23 16:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- firewall_nat_enable setting --------------------------------
|
|
|
|
.It Va firewall_nat_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipfw 8
|
|
|
|
equivalent of
|
|
|
|
.Va natd_enable .
|
|
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
enables kernel NAT.
|
|
|
|
.Va firewall_enable
|
|
|
|
must also be set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES .
|
|
|
|
.It Va firewall_nat_interface
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipfw 8
|
|
|
|
equivalent of
|
|
|
|
.Va natd_interface .
|
|
|
|
This is the name of the public interface or IP address on which
|
|
|
|
kernel NAT should run.
|
|
|
|
.It Va firewall_nat_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Additional configuration parameters for kernel NAT should be placed here.
|
2008-01-27 15:15:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va dummynet_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
will automatically load the
|
|
|
|
.Xr dummynet 4
|
|
|
|
module if
|
|
|
|
.Va firewall_enable
|
|
|
|
is also set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES .
|
2008-01-23 16:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" -------------------------------------------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va natd_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
1999-03-24 10:28:16 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr natd 8 .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va natd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to enable
|
|
|
|
.Xr natd 8 .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va firewall_enable
|
1998-04-18 10:27:19 +00:00
|
|
|
must also be set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1998-04-18 10:27:19 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Xr divert 4
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
sockets must be enabled in the kernel.
|
2004-10-22 23:07:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If the kernel was not built with
|
|
|
|
.Cd "options IPDIVERT" ,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.Pa ipdivert.ko
|
|
|
|
kernel module will be loaded.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va natd_interface
|
2001-07-24 09:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
This is the name of the public interface on which
|
|
|
|
.Xr natd 8
|
|
|
|
should run.
|
1998-07-08 23:31:28 +00:00
|
|
|
The interface may be given as an interface name or as an IP address.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va natd_flags
|
2001-07-24 09:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
.Xr natd 8
|
|
|
|
flags should be placed here.
|
|
|
|
The
|
1998-04-18 10:27:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.Fl n
|
1998-07-08 23:31:28 +00:00
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.Fl a
|
1998-04-18 10:27:19 +00:00
|
|
|
flag is automatically added with the above
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va natd_interface
|
1998-04-18 10:27:19 +00:00
|
|
|
as an argument.
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipfilter_enable setting --------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipfilter_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
Setting this to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
enables
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipf 8
|
|
|
|
packet filtering.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
Typical usage will require putting
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
ipfilter_enable="YES"
|
|
|
|
ipnat_enable="YES"
|
|
|
|
ipmon_enable="YES"
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ipfs_enable="YES"
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2001-07-23 10:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
into
|
2001-12-07 10:27:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf
|
|
|
|
and editing
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ipf.rules
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ipnat.rules
|
|
|
|
appropriately.
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
Note that
|
|
|
|
.Va ipfilter_enable
|
2001-12-07 10:27:43 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ipnat_enable
|
|
|
|
can be enabled independently.
|
|
|
|
.Va ipmon_enable
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va ipfs_enable
|
|
|
|
both require at least one of
|
|
|
|
.Va ipfilter_enable
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va ipnat_enable
|
|
|
|
to be enabled.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Having
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
options IPFILTER
|
|
|
|
options IPFILTER_LOG
|
|
|
|
options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2001-07-23 10:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
in the kernel configuration file is a good idea, too.
|
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipfilter_program setting ------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipfilter_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipf 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /sbin/ipf ) .
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipfilter_rules setting --------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipfilter_rules
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ipf.rules
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable contains the name of the filter rule definition file.
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
The file is expected to be readable for the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipf 8
|
|
|
|
command to execute.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipv6_ipfilter_rules setting ---------------------------
|
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_ipfilter_rules
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ipf6.rules
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable contains the IPv6 filter rule definition file.
|
|
|
|
The file is expected to be readable for the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipf 8
|
|
|
|
command to execute.
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipfilter_flags setting --------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipfilter_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable contains flags passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipf 8
|
|
|
|
program.
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipnat_enable setting ----------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipnat_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
Set it to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
to enable
|
2006-02-10 15:23:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ipnat 8
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
network address translation.
|
|
|
|
See
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ipfilter_enable
|
2001-11-02 14:59:51 +00:00
|
|
|
for a detailed discussion.
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipnat_program setting ---------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipnat_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
2006-02-10 15:23:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ipnat 8
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /sbin/ipnat ) .
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipnat_rules setting -----------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipnat_rules
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ipnat.rules
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable contains the name of the file
|
|
|
|
holding the network address translation definition.
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
This file is expected to be readable for the
|
2006-02-10 15:23:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ipnat 8
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
command to execute.
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipnat_flags setting -----------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipnat_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
This variable contains flags passed to the
|
2006-02-10 15:23:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ipnat 8
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
program.
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipmon_enable setting ----------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipmon_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
Set it to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
to enable
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipmon 8
|
|
|
|
monitoring (logging
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipf 8
|
|
|
|
and
|
2006-02-10 15:23:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ipnat 8
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
events).
|
|
|
|
Setting this variable needs setting
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ipfilter_enable
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.Va ipnat_enable
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
too.
|
|
|
|
See
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ipfilter_enable
|
2001-11-02 14:59:51 +00:00
|
|
|
for a detailed discussion.
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipmon_program setting ---------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipmon_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ipmon 8
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /sbin/ipmon ) .
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipmon_flags setting -----------------------------------
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipmon_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li -Ds
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable contains flags passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipmon 8
|
|
|
|
program.
|
|
|
|
Another typical example would be
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Fl D Pa /var/log/ipflog
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
to have
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipmon 8
|
|
|
|
log directly to a file bypassing
|
|
|
|
.Xr syslogd 8 .
|
|
|
|
Make sure to adjust
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/newsyslog.conf
|
|
|
|
in such case like this:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
/var/log/ipflog 640 10 100 * Z /var/run/ipmon.pid
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipfs_enable setting -----------------------------------
|
|
|
|
.It Va ipfs_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
Set it to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
to enable
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipfs 8
|
|
|
|
saving the filter and NAT state tables during shutdown
|
|
|
|
and reloading them during startup again.
|
|
|
|
Setting this variable needs setting
|
|
|
|
.Va ipfilter_enable
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.Va ipnat_enable
|
|
|
|
to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
too.
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
See
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ipfilter_enable
|
2001-11-02 14:59:51 +00:00
|
|
|
for a detailed discussion.
|
2001-12-07 10:27:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that if
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va kern_securelevel
|
2001-12-07 10:27:43 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to 3,
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ipfs_enable
|
2001-12-07 10:27:43 +00:00
|
|
|
cannot be used
|
2001-11-24 15:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
because the raised securelevel will prevent
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipfs 8
|
|
|
|
from saving the state tables at shutdown time.
|
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipfs_program setting ----------------------------------
|
|
|
|
.It Va ipfs_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipfs 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /sbin/ipfs ) .
|
|
|
|
.\" ----- ipfs_flags setting ------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
.It Va ipfs_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable contains flags passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipfs 8
|
|
|
|
program.
|
2000-10-06 12:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" ----- end of added ipf hook ---------------------------------
|
2004-03-23 22:30:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pf_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
enables
|
|
|
|
.Xr pf 4
|
|
|
|
packet filtering.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
Typical usage will require putting
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
.Dl pf_enable="YES"
|
2004-03-23 22:30:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
into
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf
|
|
|
|
and editing
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/pf.conf
|
|
|
|
appropriately.
|
2007-05-31 20:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Adding
|
2004-03-23 22:30:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dl "device pf"
|
2004-03-23 22:30:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2007-05-31 20:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
builds support for
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr pf 4
|
2007-05-31 20:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
into the kernel, otherwise the
|
|
|
|
kernel module will be loaded.
|
2004-03-23 22:30:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pf_rules
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr pf 4
|
|
|
|
ruleset configuration file
|
2004-03-23 22:30:15 +00:00
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/pf.conf ) .
|
|
|
|
.It Va pf_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr pfctl 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /sbin/pfctl ) .
|
|
|
|
.It Va pf_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va pf_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these flags are passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr pfctl 8
|
|
|
|
program when loading the ruleset.
|
2004-04-02 19:25:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pflog_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
enables
|
|
|
|
.Xr pflogd 8
|
2005-04-25 10:14:26 +00:00
|
|
|
which logs packets from the
|
2004-04-02 19:25:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr pf 4
|
|
|
|
packet filter.
|
|
|
|
.It Va pflog_logfile
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va pflog_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
this controls where
|
|
|
|
.Xr pflogd 8
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
stores the logfile
|
2004-04-02 19:25:27 +00:00
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /var/log/pflog ) .
|
|
|
|
Check
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/newsyslog.conf
|
2004-04-03 17:52:29 +00:00
|
|
|
to adjust logfile rotation for this.
|
2004-04-02 19:25:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pflog_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr pflogd 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /sbin/pflogd ) .
|
|
|
|
.It Va pflog_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable contains additional flags passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr pflogd 8
|
|
|
|
program.
|
2007-09-06 21:00:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ftpproxy_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
enables
|
|
|
|
.Xr ftp-proxy 8
|
|
|
|
which supports the
|
|
|
|
.Xr pf 4
|
|
|
|
packet filter in translating ftp connections.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ftpproxy_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable contains additional flags passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ftp-proxy 8
|
|
|
|
program.
|
2005-10-02 18:59:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pfsync_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
enables exposing
|
|
|
|
.Xr pf 4
|
|
|
|
state changes to other hosts over the network by means of
|
|
|
|
.Xr pfsync 4 .
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.Va pfsync_syncdev
|
|
|
|
variable
|
|
|
|
must also be set then.
|
|
|
|
.It Va pfsync_syncdev
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable specifies the name of the network interface
|
|
|
|
.Xr pfsync 4
|
|
|
|
should operate through.
|
|
|
|
It must be set accordingly if
|
|
|
|
.Va pfsync_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES .
|
2007-04-10 16:42:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pfsync_syncpeer
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable is optional.
|
|
|
|
By default, state change messages are sent out on the synchronisation
|
|
|
|
interface using IP multicast packets.
|
|
|
|
The protocol is IP protocol 240, PFSYNC, and the multicast group used is
|
|
|
|
224.0.0.240.
|
|
|
|
When a peer address is specified using the
|
|
|
|
.Va pfsync_syncpeer
|
|
|
|
option, the peer address is used as a destination for the pfsync
|
|
|
|
traffic, and the traffic can then be protected using
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipsec 4 .
|
|
|
|
See the
|
|
|
|
.Xr pfsync 4
|
|
|
|
manpage for more details about using
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipsec 4
|
|
|
|
with
|
|
|
|
.Xr pfsync 4
|
|
|
|
interfaces.
|
2005-10-02 18:59:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pfsync_ifconfig
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable can contain additional options to be passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
|
|
|
command used to set up
|
|
|
|
.Xr pfsync 4 .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va tcp_extensions
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2000-03-03 14:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting this to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
disables certain TCP options as described by
|
1999-09-21 18:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.Rs
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.%T "RFC 1323"
|
1999-09-21 18:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.Re
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting this to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
might help remedy such problems with connections as randomly hanging
|
|
|
|
or other weird behavior.
|
2001-08-21 19:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
Some network devices are known
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
to be broken with respect to these options.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va log_in_vain
|
2002-01-26 09:05:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
Set to 0 by default.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.Xr sysctl 8
|
|
|
|
variables,
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va net.inet.tcp.log_in_vain
|
2002-01-26 09:05:13 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va net.inet.udp.log_in_vain ,
|
2002-01-26 09:05:13 +00:00
|
|
|
as described in
|
|
|
|
.Xr tcp 4
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Xr udp 4 ,
|
|
|
|
are set to the given value.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va tcp_keepalive
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
1999-09-13 09:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
will disable probing idle TCP connections to verify that the
|
1999-09-13 09:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
peer is still up and reachable.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va tcp_drop_synfin
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
1999-09-13 09:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
will cause the kernel to ignore TCP frames that have both
|
2000-03-03 14:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
the SYN and FIN flags set.
|
|
|
|
This prevents OS fingerprinting, but may
|
|
|
|
break some legitimate applications.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va icmp_drop_redirect
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
1999-09-13 09:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
will cause the kernel to ignore ICMP REDIRECT packets.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Refer to
|
|
|
|
.Xr icmp 4
|
|
|
|
for more information.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va icmp_log_redirect
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
1999-09-13 09:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
will cause the kernel to log ICMP REDIRECT packets.
|
2000-03-03 14:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that
|
1999-09-13 09:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
the log messages are not rate-limited, so this option should only be used
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
for troubleshooting networks.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Refer to
|
|
|
|
.Xr icmp 4
|
|
|
|
for more information.
|
|
|
|
.It Va icmp_bmcastecho
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to respond to broadcast or multicast ICMP ping packets.
|
|
|
|
Refer to
|
|
|
|
.Xr icmp 4
|
|
|
|
for more information.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ip_portrange_first
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
this is the first port in the default portrange.
|
|
|
|
Refer to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ip 4
|
|
|
|
for more information.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ip_portrange_last
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
this is the last port in the default portrange.
|
|
|
|
Refer to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ip 4
|
|
|
|
for more information.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va network_interfaces
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2005-11-18 10:56:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Set to the list of network interfaces to configure on this host or
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li AUTO
|
2005-08-02 02:24:47 +00:00
|
|
|
(the default) for all current interfaces.
|
2006-04-13 06:50:46 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting the
|
|
|
|
.Va network_interfaces
|
|
|
|
variable to anything other than the default is deprecated.
|
2006-12-14 12:49:04 +00:00
|
|
|
Interfaces that the administrator wishes to store configuration for,
|
2006-04-13 06:50:46 +00:00
|
|
|
but not start at boot should be configured with the
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NOAUTO
|
|
|
|
keyword in their
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variables as described below.
|
2005-09-28 13:07:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
An
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
variable is also assumed to exist for each value of
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar interface .
|
2006-04-13 06:50:46 +00:00
|
|
|
When an interface name contains any of the characters
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li .-/+
|
|
|
|
they are translated to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li _
|
|
|
|
before lookup.
|
2005-09-28 13:07:43 +00:00
|
|
|
The variable can contain arguments to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8 ,
|
|
|
|
as well as special case-insensitive keywords described below.
|
|
|
|
Such keywords are removed before passing the value to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
|
|
|
while the order of the other arguments is preserved.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2005-11-14 23:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
One can configure more than one IPv4 address with the
|
|
|
|
.Va ipv4_addrs_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
One or more IP addresses must be provided in Classless Inter-Domain
|
|
|
|
Routing (CIDR) address notation, whose last byte can be a range like
|
2009-01-24 15:33:09 +00:00
|
|
|
192.0.2.5-23/24.
|
|
|
|
In this case the address 192.0.2.5 will be configured with the
|
|
|
|
netmask /24 and the addresses 192.0.2.6 to 192.0.2.23 with
|
2005-11-18 10:56:28 +00:00
|
|
|
the non-conflicting netmask /32 as explained in the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
2005-11-14 23:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
alias section.
|
|
|
|
With the interface in question being
|
2005-11-18 10:56:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Li ed0 ,
|
2005-11-14 23:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
an example could look like:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
2009-01-24 15:33:09 +00:00
|
|
|
ipv4_addrs_ed0="192.0.2.129/27 192.0.2.1-5/28"
|
2005-11-14 23:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ed
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
It is also possible to add IP alias entries using
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
2011-12-13 08:23:03 +00:00
|
|
|
syntax with the
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li inet
|
|
|
|
keyword.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Assuming that the interface in question was
|
|
|
|
.Li ed0 ,
|
|
|
|
it might look
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
something like this:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias0="inet 127.0.0.253 netmask 0xffffffff"
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias1="inet 127.0.0.254 netmask 0xffffffff"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2001-07-23 10:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2001-07-24 08:48:50 +00:00
|
|
|
And so on.
|
|
|
|
For each
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns Va _alias Ns Aq Ar n
|
2011-12-13 08:23:03 +00:00
|
|
|
entry with the
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li inet
|
|
|
|
keyword that is found,
|
2001-07-24 08:48:50 +00:00
|
|
|
its contents are passed to
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8 .
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Execution stops at the first unsuccessful access, so if
|
|
|
|
something like this is present:
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias0="inet 127.0.0.251 netmask 0xffffffff"
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias1="inet 127.0.0.252 netmask 0xffffffff"
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias2="inet 127.0.0.253 netmask 0xffffffff"
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias4="inet 127.0.0.254 netmask 0xffffffff"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2001-07-23 10:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Then note that alias4 would
|
2000-01-13 12:06:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Em not
|
|
|
|
be added since the search would
|
2005-09-28 13:07:43 +00:00
|
|
|
stop with the missing
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li alias3
|
|
|
|
entry.
|
2005-11-14 23:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Due to this difficult to manage behavior, the
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns Va _alias Ns Aq Ar n
|
|
|
|
form is deprecated.
|
2000-01-13 11:44:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2003-02-15 04:03:25 +00:00
|
|
|
If the
|
2003-02-13 20:08:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/start_if. Ns Aq Ar interface
|
2003-02-15 04:03:25 +00:00
|
|
|
file is present, it is read and executed by the
|
|
|
|
.Xr sh 1
|
|
|
|
interpreter
|
|
|
|
before configuring the interface as specified in the
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns Va _alias Ns Aq Ar n
|
|
|
|
variables.
|
2003-02-13 20:08:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2008-04-25 23:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
If a
|
2009-12-29 21:03:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va vlans_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable is set,
|
|
|
|
a
|
|
|
|
.Xr vlan 4
|
|
|
|
interface will be created for each item in the list with the
|
|
|
|
.Ar vlandev
|
|
|
|
argument set to
|
|
|
|
.Ar interface .
|
|
|
|
If a vlan interface's name is a number,
|
|
|
|
then that number is used as the vlan tag and the new vlan interface is
|
|
|
|
named
|
|
|
|
.Ar interface . Ns Ar tag .
|
|
|
|
Otherwise,
|
|
|
|
the vlan tag must be specified via a
|
|
|
|
.Va vlan
|
|
|
|
parameter in the
|
|
|
|
.Va create_args_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
To create a vlan device named
|
|
|
|
.Li em0.101
|
|
|
|
on
|
|
|
|
.Li em0
|
2010-07-13 16:24:04 +00:00
|
|
|
with the vlan tag 101 and the optional the IPv4 address 192.0.2.1/24:
|
2009-12-29 21:03:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
vlans_em0="101"
|
2010-07-13 16:24:04 +00:00
|
|
|
ifconfig_em0_101="inet 192.0.2.1/24"
|
2009-12-29 21:03:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ed
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
To create a vlan device named
|
|
|
|
.Li myvlan
|
|
|
|
on
|
|
|
|
.Li em0
|
|
|
|
with the vlan tag 102:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
vlans_em0="myvlan"
|
|
|
|
create_args_myvlan="vlan 102"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
If a
|
2008-04-25 23:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va wlans_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable is set,
|
|
|
|
an
|
|
|
|
.Xr wlan 4
|
|
|
|
interface will be created for each item in the list with the
|
|
|
|
.Ar wlandev
|
|
|
|
argument set to
|
|
|
|
.Ar interface .
|
|
|
|
Further wlan cloning arguments may be passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
|
|
|
.Cm create
|
|
|
|
command by setting the
|
|
|
|
.Va create_args_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
One or more
|
|
|
|
.Xr wlan 4
|
|
|
|
devices must be created for each wireless devices as of
|
|
|
|
.Fx 8.0 .
|
2009-03-13 07:12:25 +00:00
|
|
|
Debugging flags for
|
|
|
|
.Xr wlan 4
|
|
|
|
devices as set by
|
|
|
|
.Xr wlandebug 8
|
|
|
|
may be specified with an
|
|
|
|
.Va wlandebug_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
The contents of this variable will be passed directly to
|
|
|
|
.Xr wlandebug 8 .
|
2008-04-25 23:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2005-09-28 13:07:43 +00:00
|
|
|
If the
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
contains the keyword
|
2005-11-18 10:56:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NOAUTO
|
2005-09-28 13:07:43 +00:00
|
|
|
then the interface will not be configured
|
|
|
|
at boot or by
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/pccard_ether
|
|
|
|
when
|
|
|
|
.Va network_interfaces
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
2005-11-18 10:56:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li AUTO .
|
2005-09-28 13:07:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2005-06-08 00:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
It is possible to bring up an interface with DHCP by adding
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li DHCP
|
|
|
|
to the
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
2005-06-08 00:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
variable.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
For instance, to initialize the
|
|
|
|
.Li ed0
|
|
|
|
device via DHCP,
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
it is possible to use something like:
|
2000-01-13 11:44:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0="DHCP"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2004-10-30 13:44:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2007-10-28 13:33:25 +00:00
|
|
|
Also, if you want to configure your wireless interface with
|
|
|
|
.Xr wpa_supplicant 8
|
|
|
|
for use with WPA, EAP/LEAP or WEP, you need to add
|
2005-06-08 00:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li WPA
|
|
|
|
to the
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
Finally, you can add
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
|
|
|
options in this variable, in addition to the
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/start_if. Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
file.
|
2009-12-29 21:03:36 +00:00
|
|
|
For instance, to configure an
|
2008-04-25 23:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ath 4
|
2012-02-25 15:21:43 +00:00
|
|
|
wireless device in station mode with an address obtained
|
2008-04-25 23:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
via DHCP, using WPA authentication and 802.11b mode, it is
|
2005-06-08 00:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
possible to use something like:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
2008-04-25 23:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
wlans_ath0="wlan0"
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_wlan0="DHCP WPA mode 11b"
|
2005-06-14 14:43:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2005-06-08 00:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2005-08-02 02:24:47 +00:00
|
|
|
In addition to the
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
form, a fallback variable
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_DEFAULT
|
|
|
|
may be configured.
|
2005-09-28 13:07:43 +00:00
|
|
|
It will be used for all interfaces with no
|
2005-08-02 02:24:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
This is intended to replace the no longer supported
|
|
|
|
.Va pccard_ifconfig
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2009-12-29 21:03:36 +00:00
|
|
|
It is also possible to rename an interface by doing:
|
2004-10-30 13:44:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_name="net0"
|
2009-01-24 15:33:09 +00:00
|
|
|
ifconfig_net0="inet 192.0.2.1 netmask 0xffffff00"
|
2004-10-30 13:44:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2009-09-26 18:59:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_enable
|
2012-05-12 15:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2011-09-19 16:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
This variable is deprecated.
|
|
|
|
Use
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va ipv6_activate_all_interfaces
|
|
|
|
if necessary.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2009-09-26 18:59:00 +00:00
|
|
|
If the variable is
|
2010-09-13 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li inet6 accept_rtadv
|
|
|
|
is added to all of
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6
|
|
|
|
and the
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ipv6_activate_all_interfaces
|
2010-09-13 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
is defined as
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES .
|
Improve the handling of IPv6 configuration in rc.d. The ipv6_enable
and ipv6_ifconfig_<interface> options have already been deprecated,
these changes do not alter that.
With these changes any value set for ipv6_enable will emit a
warning. In order to avoid a POLA violation for the deprecation
of the option ipv6_enable=NO will still disable configuration
for all interfaces other than lo0. ipv6_enable=YES will not have
any effect, but will emit an additional warning. Support and
warnings for this option will be removed in FreeBSD 10.x.
Consistent with the current code, in order for IPv6 to be configured
on an interface (other than lo0) an ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6
option will have to be added to /etc/rc.conf[.local].
1. Clean up and minor optimizations for the following functions:
ifconfig_up (the ipv6 elements)
ipv6if
ipv6_autoconfif
get_if_var
_ifconfig_getargs
The cleanups generally were to move the "easy" tests earlier in the
functions, and consolidate duplicate code.
2. Stop overloading ipv6_prefer with the ability to disable IPv6
configuration.
3. Remove noafif() which was only ever called from ipv6_autoconfif.
Instead, simplify and integrate the tests into that function, and
convert the test to use is_wired_interface() instead of listing
wireless interfaces explicitly.
4. Integrate backwards compatibility for ipv6_ifconfig_<interface>
into _ifconfig_getargs. This dramatically simplifies the code in
all of the callers, and avoids a lot of other code duplication.
5. In rc.d/netoptions, add code for an ipv6_privacy option to use
RFC 4193 style pseudo-random addresses (this is what windows does
by default, FYI).
6. Add support for the [NO]RTADV options in ifconfig_getargs() and
ipv6_autoconfif(). In the latter, include support for the explicit
addition of [-]accept_rtadv in ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6 as is done
in the current code.
7. In rc.d/netif add a warning if $ipv6_enable is set, and remove
the set_rcvar_obsolete for it. Also remove the latter from
rc.d/ip6addrctl.
8. In /etc/defaults/rc.conf:
Add an example for RTADV configuration.
Set ipv6_network_interfaces to AUTO.
Switch ipv6_prefer to YES. If ipv6_enable is not set this will have
no effect.
Add a default for ipv6_privacy (NO).
9. Document all of this in rc.conf.5.
2010-04-09 01:35:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_prefer
|
2012-05-12 15:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2011-09-19 16:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
This variable is deprecated.
|
|
|
|
Use
|
|
|
|
.Va ip6addrctl_policy
|
|
|
|
instead.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
Improve the handling of IPv6 configuration in rc.d. The ipv6_enable
and ipv6_ifconfig_<interface> options have already been deprecated,
these changes do not alter that.
With these changes any value set for ipv6_enable will emit a
warning. In order to avoid a POLA violation for the deprecation
of the option ipv6_enable=NO will still disable configuration
for all interfaces other than lo0. ipv6_enable=YES will not have
any effect, but will emit an additional warning. Support and
warnings for this option will be removed in FreeBSD 10.x.
Consistent with the current code, in order for IPv6 to be configured
on an interface (other than lo0) an ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6
option will have to be added to /etc/rc.conf[.local].
1. Clean up and minor optimizations for the following functions:
ifconfig_up (the ipv6 elements)
ipv6if
ipv6_autoconfif
get_if_var
_ifconfig_getargs
The cleanups generally were to move the "easy" tests earlier in the
functions, and consolidate duplicate code.
2. Stop overloading ipv6_prefer with the ability to disable IPv6
configuration.
3. Remove noafif() which was only ever called from ipv6_autoconfif.
Instead, simplify and integrate the tests into that function, and
convert the test to use is_wired_interface() instead of listing
wireless interfaces explicitly.
4. Integrate backwards compatibility for ipv6_ifconfig_<interface>
into _ifconfig_getargs. This dramatically simplifies the code in
all of the callers, and avoids a lot of other code duplication.
5. In rc.d/netoptions, add code for an ipv6_privacy option to use
RFC 4193 style pseudo-random addresses (this is what windows does
by default, FYI).
6. Add support for the [NO]RTADV options in ifconfig_getargs() and
ipv6_autoconfif(). In the latter, include support for the explicit
addition of [-]accept_rtadv in ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6 as is done
in the current code.
7. In rc.d/netif add a warning if $ipv6_enable is set, and remove
the set_rcvar_obsolete for it. Also remove the latter from
rc.d/ip6addrctl.
8. In /etc/defaults/rc.conf:
Add an example for RTADV configuration.
Set ipv6_network_interfaces to AUTO.
Switch ipv6_prefer to YES. If ipv6_enable is not set this will have
no effect.
Add a default for ipv6_privacy (NO).
9. Document all of this in rc.conf.5.
2010-04-09 01:35:09 +00:00
|
|
|
If the variable is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
the default address selection policy table set by
|
Improve the handling of IPv6 configuration in rc.d. The ipv6_enable
and ipv6_ifconfig_<interface> options have already been deprecated,
these changes do not alter that.
With these changes any value set for ipv6_enable will emit a
warning. In order to avoid a POLA violation for the deprecation
of the option ipv6_enable=NO will still disable configuration
for all interfaces other than lo0. ipv6_enable=YES will not have
any effect, but will emit an additional warning. Support and
warnings for this option will be removed in FreeBSD 10.x.
Consistent with the current code, in order for IPv6 to be configured
on an interface (other than lo0) an ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6
option will have to be added to /etc/rc.conf[.local].
1. Clean up and minor optimizations for the following functions:
ifconfig_up (the ipv6 elements)
ipv6if
ipv6_autoconfif
get_if_var
_ifconfig_getargs
The cleanups generally were to move the "easy" tests earlier in the
functions, and consolidate duplicate code.
2. Stop overloading ipv6_prefer with the ability to disable IPv6
configuration.
3. Remove noafif() which was only ever called from ipv6_autoconfif.
Instead, simplify and integrate the tests into that function, and
convert the test to use is_wired_interface() instead of listing
wireless interfaces explicitly.
4. Integrate backwards compatibility for ipv6_ifconfig_<interface>
into _ifconfig_getargs. This dramatically simplifies the code in
all of the callers, and avoids a lot of other code duplication.
5. In rc.d/netoptions, add code for an ipv6_privacy option to use
RFC 4193 style pseudo-random addresses (this is what windows does
by default, FYI).
6. Add support for the [NO]RTADV options in ifconfig_getargs() and
ipv6_autoconfif(). In the latter, include support for the explicit
addition of [-]accept_rtadv in ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6 as is done
in the current code.
7. In rc.d/netif add a warning if $ipv6_enable is set, and remove
the set_rcvar_obsolete for it. Also remove the latter from
rc.d/ip6addrctl.
8. In /etc/defaults/rc.conf:
Add an example for RTADV configuration.
Set ipv6_network_interfaces to AUTO.
Switch ipv6_prefer to YES. If ipv6_enable is not set this will have
no effect.
Add a default for ipv6_privacy (NO).
9. Document all of this in rc.conf.5.
2010-04-09 01:35:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ip6addrctl 8
|
|
|
|
will be IPv6-preferred.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
If the variable is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
the default address selection policy table set by
|
Improve the handling of IPv6 configuration in rc.d. The ipv6_enable
and ipv6_ifconfig_<interface> options have already been deprecated,
these changes do not alter that.
With these changes any value set for ipv6_enable will emit a
warning. In order to avoid a POLA violation for the deprecation
of the option ipv6_enable=NO will still disable configuration
for all interfaces other than lo0. ipv6_enable=YES will not have
any effect, but will emit an additional warning. Support and
warnings for this option will be removed in FreeBSD 10.x.
Consistent with the current code, in order for IPv6 to be configured
on an interface (other than lo0) an ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6
option will have to be added to /etc/rc.conf[.local].
1. Clean up and minor optimizations for the following functions:
ifconfig_up (the ipv6 elements)
ipv6if
ipv6_autoconfif
get_if_var
_ifconfig_getargs
The cleanups generally were to move the "easy" tests earlier in the
functions, and consolidate duplicate code.
2. Stop overloading ipv6_prefer with the ability to disable IPv6
configuration.
3. Remove noafif() which was only ever called from ipv6_autoconfif.
Instead, simplify and integrate the tests into that function, and
convert the test to use is_wired_interface() instead of listing
wireless interfaces explicitly.
4. Integrate backwards compatibility for ipv6_ifconfig_<interface>
into _ifconfig_getargs. This dramatically simplifies the code in
all of the callers, and avoids a lot of other code duplication.
5. In rc.d/netoptions, add code for an ipv6_privacy option to use
RFC 4193 style pseudo-random addresses (this is what windows does
by default, FYI).
6. Add support for the [NO]RTADV options in ifconfig_getargs() and
ipv6_autoconfif(). In the latter, include support for the explicit
addition of [-]accept_rtadv in ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6 as is done
in the current code.
7. In rc.d/netif add a warning if $ipv6_enable is set, and remove
the set_rcvar_obsolete for it. Also remove the latter from
rc.d/ip6addrctl.
8. In /etc/defaults/rc.conf:
Add an example for RTADV configuration.
Set ipv6_network_interfaces to AUTO.
Switch ipv6_prefer to YES. If ipv6_enable is not set this will have
no effect.
Add a default for ipv6_privacy (NO).
9. Document all of this in rc.conf.5.
2010-04-09 01:35:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ip6addrctl 8
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
will be IPv4-preferred.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_activate_all_interfaces
|
2011-09-19 16:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
This controls initial configuration on IPv6-capable
|
|
|
|
interfaces with no corresponding
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
Note that it is not always necessary to set this variable to
|
|
|
|
.Dq YES
|
|
|
|
to use IPv6 functionality on
|
|
|
|
.Fx .
|
|
|
|
In most cases, just configuring
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6
|
|
|
|
variables works.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
If the variable is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
2011-09-19 16:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
all interfaces which do not have a corresponding
|
2010-09-13 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6
|
|
|
|
variable will be marked as
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li IFDISABLED
|
2011-09-19 16:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
at creation.
|
|
|
|
This means that all of IPv6 functionality on that interface
|
|
|
|
is completely disabled to enforce a security policy.
|
|
|
|
If the variable is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq YES ,
|
|
|
|
the flag will be cleared on all of the interfaces.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
In most cases, just defining an
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6
|
|
|
|
for an IPv6-capable interface should be sufficient.
|
|
|
|
However, if an interface is added dynamically
|
|
|
|
.Pq by some tunneling protocols such as PPP, for example ,
|
|
|
|
it is often difficult to define the variable in advance.
|
|
|
|
In such a case, configuring the
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li IFDISABLED
|
|
|
|
flag can be disabled by setting this variable to
|
|
|
|
.Dq YES .
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
For more details of the
|
2010-09-13 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li IFDISABLED
|
|
|
|
flag and keywords
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li inet6 ifdisabled ,
|
|
|
|
see
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8 .
|
Improve the handling of IPv6 configuration in rc.d. The ipv6_enable
and ipv6_ifconfig_<interface> options have already been deprecated,
these changes do not alter that.
With these changes any value set for ipv6_enable will emit a
warning. In order to avoid a POLA violation for the deprecation
of the option ipv6_enable=NO will still disable configuration
for all interfaces other than lo0. ipv6_enable=YES will not have
any effect, but will emit an additional warning. Support and
warnings for this option will be removed in FreeBSD 10.x.
Consistent with the current code, in order for IPv6 to be configured
on an interface (other than lo0) an ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6
option will have to be added to /etc/rc.conf[.local].
1. Clean up and minor optimizations for the following functions:
ifconfig_up (the ipv6 elements)
ipv6if
ipv6_autoconfif
get_if_var
_ifconfig_getargs
The cleanups generally were to move the "easy" tests earlier in the
functions, and consolidate duplicate code.
2. Stop overloading ipv6_prefer with the ability to disable IPv6
configuration.
3. Remove noafif() which was only ever called from ipv6_autoconfif.
Instead, simplify and integrate the tests into that function, and
convert the test to use is_wired_interface() instead of listing
wireless interfaces explicitly.
4. Integrate backwards compatibility for ipv6_ifconfig_<interface>
into _ifconfig_getargs. This dramatically simplifies the code in
all of the callers, and avoids a lot of other code duplication.
5. In rc.d/netoptions, add code for an ipv6_privacy option to use
RFC 4193 style pseudo-random addresses (this is what windows does
by default, FYI).
6. Add support for the [NO]RTADV options in ifconfig_getargs() and
ipv6_autoconfif(). In the latter, include support for the explicit
addition of [-]accept_rtadv in ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6 as is done
in the current code.
7. In rc.d/netif add a warning if $ipv6_enable is set, and remove
the set_rcvar_obsolete for it. Also remove the latter from
rc.d/ip6addrctl.
8. In /etc/defaults/rc.conf:
Add an example for RTADV configuration.
Set ipv6_network_interfaces to AUTO.
Switch ipv6_prefer to YES. If ipv6_enable is not set this will have
no effect.
Add a default for ipv6_privacy (NO).
9. Document all of this in rc.conf.5.
2010-04-09 01:35:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Default is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO .
|
2010-09-13 19:52:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_privacy
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If the variable is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
privacy addresses will be generated for each IPv6
|
2011-09-15 09:22:49 +00:00
|
|
|
interface as described in RFC 4941.
|
2010-09-13 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_network_interfaces
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
This is the IPv6 equivalent of
|
|
|
|
.Va network_interfaces .
|
|
|
|
Normally manual configuration of this variable is not needed.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2011-09-19 16:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_cpe_wanif
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If the variable is set to an interface name,
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
|
|
|
options
|
|
|
|
.Dq inet6 -no_radr accept_rtadv
|
|
|
|
will be added to the specified interface automatically before evaluating
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6 ,
|
|
|
|
and two
|
|
|
|
.Xr sysctl 8
|
|
|
|
variables
|
|
|
|
.Va net.inet6.ip6.rfc6204w3
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va net.inet6.ip6.no_radr
|
|
|
|
will be set to 1.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
This means the specified interface will accept ICMPv6 Router
|
|
|
|
Advertisement messages on that link and add the discovered
|
|
|
|
routers into the Default Router List.
|
|
|
|
While the other interfaces can still accept RA messages if the
|
|
|
|
.Dq inet6 accept_rtadv
|
|
|
|
option is specified, adding
|
|
|
|
routes into the Default Router List will be disabled by
|
|
|
|
.Dq inet6 no_radr
|
|
|
|
option by default.
|
|
|
|
See
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
|
|
|
for more details.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
Note that ICMPv6 Router Advertisement messages will be
|
|
|
|
accepted even when
|
|
|
|
.Va net.inet6.ip6.forwarding
|
|
|
|
is 1
|
2012-02-25 14:31:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq packet forwarding is enabled
|
2011-09-19 16:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
when
|
|
|
|
.Va net.inet6.ip6.rfc6204w3
|
|
|
|
is set to 1.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
Default is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO .
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2010-09-13 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
IPv6 functionality on an interface should be configured by
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6 ,
|
|
|
|
instead of setting ifconfig parameters in
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface .
|
2011-10-23 06:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If this variable is empty, all of IPv6 configurations on the
|
|
|
|
specified interface by other variables such as
|
|
|
|
.Va ipv6_prefix_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac
|
|
|
|
will be ignored.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2010-09-13 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
Aliases should be set by
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns Va _alias Ns Aq Ar n
|
|
|
|
with
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li inet6
|
2012-02-25 15:21:43 +00:00
|
|
|
keyword.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
2010-09-13 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_ipv6="inet6 2001:db8:1::1 prefixlen 64"
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias0="inet6 2001:db8:2::1 prefixlen 64"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
Improve the handling of IPv6 configuration in rc.d. The ipv6_enable
and ipv6_ifconfig_<interface> options have already been deprecated,
these changes do not alter that.
With these changes any value set for ipv6_enable will emit a
warning. In order to avoid a POLA violation for the deprecation
of the option ipv6_enable=NO will still disable configuration
for all interfaces other than lo0. ipv6_enable=YES will not have
any effect, but will emit an additional warning. Support and
warnings for this option will be removed in FreeBSD 10.x.
Consistent with the current code, in order for IPv6 to be configured
on an interface (other than lo0) an ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6
option will have to be added to /etc/rc.conf[.local].
1. Clean up and minor optimizations for the following functions:
ifconfig_up (the ipv6 elements)
ipv6if
ipv6_autoconfif
get_if_var
_ifconfig_getargs
The cleanups generally were to move the "easy" tests earlier in the
functions, and consolidate duplicate code.
2. Stop overloading ipv6_prefer with the ability to disable IPv6
configuration.
3. Remove noafif() which was only ever called from ipv6_autoconfif.
Instead, simplify and integrate the tests into that function, and
convert the test to use is_wired_interface() instead of listing
wireless interfaces explicitly.
4. Integrate backwards compatibility for ipv6_ifconfig_<interface>
into _ifconfig_getargs. This dramatically simplifies the code in
all of the callers, and avoids a lot of other code duplication.
5. In rc.d/netoptions, add code for an ipv6_privacy option to use
RFC 4193 style pseudo-random addresses (this is what windows does
by default, FYI).
6. Add support for the [NO]RTADV options in ifconfig_getargs() and
ipv6_autoconfif(). In the latter, include support for the explicit
addition of [-]accept_rtadv in ifconfig_<interface>_ipv6 as is done
in the current code.
7. In rc.d/netif add a warning if $ipv6_enable is set, and remove
the set_rcvar_obsolete for it. Also remove the latter from
rc.d/ip6addrctl.
8. In /etc/defaults/rc.conf:
Add an example for RTADV configuration.
Set ipv6_network_interfaces to AUTO.
Switch ipv6_prefer to YES. If ipv6_enable is not set this will have
no effect.
Add a default for ipv6_privacy (NO).
9. Document all of this in rc.conf.5.
2010-04-09 01:35:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2011-10-23 06:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Interfaces that have an
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li inet6 accept_rtadv
|
|
|
|
keyword in
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6
|
|
|
|
setting will be automatically configured by SLAAC
|
|
|
|
.Pq StateLess Address AutoConfiguration
|
|
|
|
described in
|
|
|
|
.Rs
|
|
|
|
.%T "RFC 4862"
|
|
|
|
.Re
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2011-09-19 16:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that a link-local address will be automatically configured in
|
|
|
|
addition to the configured global-scope addresses because the IPv6
|
|
|
|
specifications require it on each link.
|
|
|
|
The address is calculated from the MAC address by using an algorithm
|
|
|
|
defined in
|
|
|
|
.Rs
|
|
|
|
.%T "RFC 4862"
|
|
|
|
.%O "Section 5.3"
|
|
|
|
.Re
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
If only a link-local address is needed on the interface,
|
|
|
|
the following configuration can be used:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_ipv6="inet6 auto_linklocal"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
A link-local address can also be configured manually.
|
|
|
|
This is useful for the default router address of an IPv6 router
|
|
|
|
so that it does not change when the network interface
|
|
|
|
card is replaced.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_ipv6="inet6 fe80::1 prefixlen 64"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2009-09-26 18:59:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_prefix_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If one or more prefixes are defined in
|
|
|
|
.Va ipv6_prefix_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
addresses based on each prefix and the EUI-64 interface index will be
|
|
|
|
configured on that interface.
|
2011-10-23 06:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that this variable will be ignored when
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6
|
|
|
|
is empty.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
For example, the following configuration
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
2011-10-23 07:38:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ipv6_prefix_ed0="2001:db8:1:0 2001:db8:2:0"
|
2011-10-23 06:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ed
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to the following:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias0="inet6 2001:db8:1:: eui64 prefixlen 64"
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias1="inet6 2001:db8:1:: prefixlen 64 anycast"
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias2="inet6 2001:db8:2:: eui64 prefixlen 64"
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_ed0_alias3="inet6 2001:db8:2:: prefixlen 64 anycast"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
These Subnet-Router anycast addresses will be added only when
|
|
|
|
.Va ipv6_gateway_enable
|
|
|
|
is YES.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_default_interface
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
this is the default output interface for scoped addresses.
|
2010-04-26 15:31:58 +00:00
|
|
|
This works only with ipv6_gateway_enable="NO".
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ip6addrctl_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
This variable is to enable configuring default address selection policy table
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq RFC 3484 .
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
The table can be specified in another variable
|
|
|
|
.Va ip6addrctl_policy .
|
|
|
|
For
|
|
|
|
.Va ip6addrctl_policy
|
|
|
|
the following keywords can be specified:
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li ipv4_prefer ,
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li ipv6_prefer ,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li AUTO .
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li ipv4_prefer
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li ipv6_prefer
|
|
|
|
is specified,
|
|
|
|
.Xr ip6addrctl 8
|
|
|
|
installs a pre-defined policy table described in Section 2.1
|
|
|
|
.Pq IPv6-preferred
|
|
|
|
or 10.3
|
|
|
|
.Pq IPv4-preferred
|
|
|
|
of RFC 3484.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li AUTO
|
|
|
|
is specified, it attempts to read a file
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ip6addrctl.conf
|
2012-02-25 15:21:43 +00:00
|
|
|
first.
|
|
|
|
If this file is found,
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ip6addrctl 8
|
2012-02-25 15:21:43 +00:00
|
|
|
reads and installs it.
|
|
|
|
If not found, a policy is automatically set
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
according to
|
|
|
|
.Va ipv6_activate_all_interfaces
|
|
|
|
variable; if the variable is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2012-02-25 15:21:43 +00:00
|
|
|
the IPv6-preferred one is used.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise IPv4-preferred.
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
The default value of
|
|
|
|
.Va ip6addrctl_enable
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va ip6addrctl_policy
|
|
|
|
are
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2010-09-13 19:55:40 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li AUTO ,
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
2001-09-19 21:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va cloned_interfaces
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of clonable network interfaces to create on this host.
|
2009-12-29 21:03:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Further cloning arguments may be passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
|
|
|
.Cm create
|
|
|
|
command for each interface by setting the
|
|
|
|
.Va create_args_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
2001-09-19 21:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Entries in
|
|
|
|
.Va cloned_interfaces
|
2001-10-01 13:24:18 +00:00
|
|
|
are automatically appended to
|
2001-09-19 21:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va network_interfaces
|
|
|
|
for configuration.
|
2007-02-09 12:11:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va fec_interfaces
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of
|
|
|
|
.Xr ng_fec 4
|
|
|
|
Fast EtherChannel interfaces to configure on this host.
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
.Va fecconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist for each value of
|
|
|
|
.Ar interface .
|
|
|
|
The value of this variable is used to configure link aggregated interfaces
|
|
|
|
according to the syntax of the
|
|
|
|
.Cm NGM_FEC_ADD_IFACE
|
|
|
|
to
|
2007-10-14 19:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ngctl 8
|
2007-02-09 12:11:27 +00:00
|
|
|
msg.
|
|
|
|
Additionally, this option ensures that each listed interface is created
|
|
|
|
via the
|
|
|
|
.Cm mkpeer
|
|
|
|
command to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ngctl 8
|
|
|
|
before attempting to configure it.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
fec_interfaces="fec0"
|
|
|
|
fecconfig_fec0="em0 em1"
|
|
|
|
ifconfig_fec0="DHCP"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2001-12-14 22:55:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va gif_interfaces
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of
|
|
|
|
.Xr gif 4
|
|
|
|
tunnel interfaces to configure on this host.
|
|
|
|
A
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va gifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
2001-12-14 22:55:10 +00:00
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist for each value of
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar interface .
|
2001-12-14 22:55:10 +00:00
|
|
|
The value of this variable is used to configure the link layer of the
|
|
|
|
tunnel according to the syntax of the
|
|
|
|
.Cm tunnel
|
|
|
|
option to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8 .
|
2002-01-21 10:28:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Additionally, this option ensures that each listed interface is created
|
2001-12-14 22:55:10 +00:00
|
|
|
via the
|
|
|
|
.Cm create
|
|
|
|
option to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
|
|
|
before attempting to configure it.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va sppp_interfaces
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of
|
|
|
|
.Xr sppp 4
|
|
|
|
interfaces to configure on this host.
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
.Va spppconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist for each value of
|
|
|
|
.Ar interface .
|
|
|
|
Each interface should also be configured by a general
|
|
|
|
.Va ifconfig_ Ns Aq Ar interface
|
|
|
|
setting.
|
|
|
|
Refer to
|
2003-04-22 18:53:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr spppcontrol 8
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
for more information about available options.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ppp_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1999-07-26 10:49:37 +00:00
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ppp 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2008-03-26 21:54:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ppp_profile
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The name of the profile to use from
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf .
|
|
|
|
Also used for per-profile overrides of
|
|
|
|
.Va ppp_mode
|
|
|
|
and
|
2008-03-28 07:57:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ppp_nat ,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va ppp_ Ns Ao Ar profile Ac Ns _unit .
|
2008-03-26 21:54:48 +00:00
|
|
|
When the profile name contains any of the characters
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li .-/+
|
|
|
|
they are translated to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li _
|
|
|
|
for the proposes of the override variable names.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ppp_mode
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Mode in which to run the
|
1999-07-26 10:49:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ppp 8
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2008-03-26 21:54:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ppp_ Ns Ao Ar profile Ac Ns _mode
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Overrides the global
|
|
|
|
.Va ppp_mode
|
|
|
|
for
|
|
|
|
.Ar profile .
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Accepted modes are
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li auto ,
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li ddial ,
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li direct
|
1999-07-26 10:49:37 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li dedicated .
|
1999-07-26 10:49:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See the manual for a full description.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ppp_nat
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enables network address translation.
|
2000-03-03 14:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Used in conjunction with
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va gateway_enable
|
1999-07-26 10:49:37 +00:00
|
|
|
allows hosts on private network addresses access to the Internet using
|
|
|
|
this host as a network address translating router.
|
2008-03-26 21:54:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ppp_ Ns Ao Ar profile Ac Ns _nat
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2008-03-26 21:54:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Overrides the global
|
|
|
|
.Va ppp_nat
|
|
|
|
for
|
|
|
|
.Ar profile .
|
2008-03-28 07:57:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ppp_ Ns Ao Ar profile Ac Ns _unit
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
Set the unit number to be used for this profile.
|
|
|
|
See the manual description of
|
|
|
|
.Fl unit Ns Ar N
|
|
|
|
for details.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ppp_user
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
The name of the user under which
|
|
|
|
.Xr ppp 8
|
|
|
|
should be started.
|
2001-04-27 10:27:06 +00:00
|
|
|
By
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
default,
|
|
|
|
.Xr ppp 8
|
|
|
|
is started as
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li root .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rc_conf_files
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
This option is used to specify a list of files that will override
|
1999-07-09 01:47:00 +00:00
|
|
|
the settings in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/defaults/rc.conf .
|
|
|
|
The files will be read in the order in which they are specified and should
|
2000-03-03 14:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
include the full path to the file.
|
|
|
|
By default, the files specified are
|
1999-07-09 01:47:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.conf.local
|
2007-04-06 02:27:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va zfs_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.d/zfs
|
|
|
|
will attempt to automatically mount ZFS file systems and initialize ZFS volumes
|
|
|
|
(ZVOLs).
|
2010-11-24 15:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va gptboot_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.d/gptboot
|
|
|
|
will log if the system successfully (or not) booted from a GPT partition,
|
|
|
|
which had the
|
|
|
|
.Ar bootonce
|
|
|
|
attribute set using
|
|
|
|
.Xr gpart 8
|
|
|
|
utility.
|
2003-09-18 09:59:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va gbde_autoattach_all
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.d/gbde
|
|
|
|
will attempt to automatically initialize your .bde devices in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/fstab .
|
|
|
|
.It Va gbde_devices
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
List the devices that the script should try to attach,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li AUTO .
|
2004-07-18 18:01:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va gbde_lockdir
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The directory where the
|
|
|
|
.Xr gbde 4
|
|
|
|
lockfiles are located.
|
|
|
|
The default lockfile directory is
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc .
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
The lockfile for each individual
|
|
|
|
.Xr gbde 4
|
|
|
|
device can be overridden by setting the variable
|
|
|
|
.Va gbde_lock_ Ns Aq Ar device ,
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
|
|
.Ar device
|
|
|
|
is the encrypted device without the
|
|
|
|
.Dq Pa /dev/
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Dq Pa .bde
|
|
|
|
parts.
|
|
|
|
.It Va gbde_attach_attempts
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
Number of times to attempt attaching to a
|
|
|
|
.Xr gbde 4
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
device, i.e., how many times the user is asked for the pass-phrase.
|
2004-07-18 18:01:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Default is 3.
|
2005-08-14 18:02:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va geli_devices
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
List of devices to automatically attach on boot.
|
|
|
|
Note that .eli devices from
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/fstab
|
|
|
|
are automatically appended to this list.
|
|
|
|
.It Va geli_tries
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
Number of times user is asked for the pass-phrase.
|
|
|
|
If empty, it will be taken from
|
|
|
|
.Va kern.geom.eli.tries
|
|
|
|
sysctl variable.
|
|
|
|
.It Va geli_default_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Default flags to use by
|
|
|
|
.Xr geli 8
|
|
|
|
when configuring disk encryption.
|
|
|
|
Flags can be configured for every device separately by defining
|
2005-11-18 10:56:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va geli_ Ns Ao Ar device Ac Ns Va _flags
|
2005-08-14 18:02:22 +00:00
|
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
.It Va geli_autodetach
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Specifies if GELI devices should be marked for detach on last close after
|
|
|
|
file systems are mounted.
|
|
|
|
Default is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES .
|
|
|
|
This can be changed for every device separately by defining
|
2005-11-18 10:56:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va geli_ Ns Ao Ar device Ac Ns Va _autodetach
|
2005-08-14 18:02:22 +00:00
|
|
|
variable.
|
2005-08-05 23:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va geli_swap_flags
|
|
|
|
Options passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr geli 8
|
|
|
|
utility when encrypted GEOM providers for swap partitions are created.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
2009-04-24 06:44:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li "-e aes -l 256 -s 4096 -d" .
|
2004-10-20 16:58:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va root_rw_mount
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
2004-10-20 19:05:50 +00:00
|
|
|
After the file systems are checked at boot time, the root file system
|
2004-10-20 16:58:28 +00:00
|
|
|
is remounted as read-write if this is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES .
|
2004-10-20 19:05:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Diskless systems that mount their root file system from a read-only remote
|
2004-10-20 16:58:28 +00:00
|
|
|
NFS share should set this to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
in their
|
|
|
|
.Pa rc.conf .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va fsck_y_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2001-02-05 04:54:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr fsck 8
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
will be run with the
|
|
|
|
.Fl y
|
|
|
|
flag if the initial preen
|
2002-12-12 17:26:04 +00:00
|
|
|
of the file systems fails.
|
2001-05-22 00:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va background_fsck
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2001-05-22 00:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
the system will attempt to run
|
|
|
|
.Xr fsck 8
|
|
|
|
in the background where possible.
|
2002-12-18 07:21:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va background_fsck_delay
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
2002-12-23 15:00:56 +00:00
|
|
|
The amount of time in seconds to sleep before starting a background
|
|
|
|
.Xr fsck 8 .
|
2002-12-18 07:21:31 +00:00
|
|
|
It defaults to sixty seconds to allow large applications such as
|
2002-12-23 15:00:56 +00:00
|
|
|
the X server to start before disk I/O bandwidth is monopolized by
|
|
|
|
.Xr fsck 8 .
|
2007-03-11 06:53:07 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to a negative number, the background file system check will be
|
|
|
|
delayed indefinitely to allow the administrator to run it at a more
|
|
|
|
convenient time.
|
2007-03-11 10:24:37 +00:00
|
|
|
For example it may be run from
|
2007-03-11 10:48:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr cron 8
|
2007-03-11 10:24:37 +00:00
|
|
|
by adding a line like
|
2007-03-11 06:53:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2007-03-11 10:24:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dl "0 4 * * * root /etc/rc.d/bgfsck forcestart"
|
2007-03-11 06:53:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/crontab .
|
2003-06-02 04:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va netfs_types
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2003-06-02 15:02:06 +00:00
|
|
|
List of file system types that are network-based.
|
|
|
|
This list should generally not be modified by end users.
|
|
|
|
Use
|
2003-06-02 04:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va extra_netfs_types
|
|
|
|
instead.
|
2001-12-29 19:42:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va extra_netfs_types
|
2001-12-27 13:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-12-29 19:42:55 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to something other than
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2001-12-29 19:42:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(the default),
|
2002-12-12 17:26:04 +00:00
|
|
|
this variable extends the list of file system types
|
2001-12-29 19:42:55 +00:00
|
|
|
for which automatic mounting at startup by
|
|
|
|
.Xr rc 8
|
|
|
|
should be delayed until the network is initialized.
|
|
|
|
It should contain
|
2002-12-12 17:26:04 +00:00
|
|
|
a whitespace-separated list of network file system descriptor pairs,
|
|
|
|
each consisting of a file system type as passed to
|
2001-12-27 13:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr mount 8
|
|
|
|
and a human-readable, one-word description,
|
|
|
|
joined with a colon
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Ql \&: .
|
2001-12-29 19:42:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Extending the default list in this way is only necessary
|
2002-12-12 17:26:04 +00:00
|
|
|
when third party file system types are used.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va syslogd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr syslogd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-07-23 10:06:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va syslogd_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr syslogd 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/sbin/syslogd ) .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va syslogd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va syslogd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to
|
|
|
|
.Xr syslogd 8 .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va inetd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr inetd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-07-23 10:06:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va inetd_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr inetd 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/sbin/inetd ) .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va inetd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va inetd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to
|
|
|
|
.Xr inetd 8 .
|
2010-02-18 23:16:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va hastd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr hastd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
|
|
|
.It Va hastd_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr hastd 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /sbin/hastd ) .
|
|
|
|
.It Va hastd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va hastd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to
|
|
|
|
.Xr hastd 8 .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va named_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr named 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va named_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
1998-02-04 15:57:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr named 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/sbin/named ) .
|
2009-05-16 20:55:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va named_conf
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr named 8
|
|
|
|
configuration file, (default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/namedb/named.conf ) .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va named_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va named_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to
|
|
|
|
.Xr named 8 .
|
Overhaul the named boot script:
1. Remove a now-spurious NetBSD CVS Id, as we are no longer synching work
2. Remove a now-spurious BEFORE, since ntpdate now REQUIRE's named
3. Replace the call to set rcvar with what that function would output,
and generally reduce indirection ($name -> named) since it's highly
unlikely the name of the named process or service will change any time soon.
4. Resort the order the variables at the top of the file to a more
traditional format, and remove a spurious required_dirs from the top, as it
works better after load_rc_config.
5. We do not want the default reload method with named, so define a simple
but appropriate substitute using rndc. If I were writing this script for
the first time I would not include this at all, since it's preferable to
control a running daemon with rndc to start with, but given that this is
already here, let's do it right. I hope that future generations will
however resist the tempation to add reconfig to extra_commands.
6. By the same token, we want to use rndc to shut down named, but given
that by defining a stop function we lose the "find the process by its
pid file in an emergency" goodness of rc.subr, try to do something useful
in the event that rndc is not available, and keep the user informed.
7. Replace some "test -f" with "test -r" to handle the unlikely event
that the relevant file exists, but is unreadable.
8. Twiddle whitespace in a few areas, remove a spurious blank line,
a bogus double space, and try to do better indenting.
9. Improve generation of the rndc.key file significantly
a. If for some reason a user has an rndc.conf file, assume that they
did that on purpose, and hence know what they are doing, so leave them alone.
b. Introduce a named_uid configuration variable so that the user which owns
the rndc.key file and the user named runs as always match, and is more
easily configurable. This should dramatically reduce problems with rndc.
c. Also test that the rndc.key file size is greater than zero, rather than
simply that the file exists. I have seen at least one user report this exact
problem, and although neither of us is sure where the empty file came from,
the fix is simple, so include it.
d. Rather than try to create an rndc.key file in both /etc/namedb and the
chroot'ed /etc/namedb, assume that they are be the same (which they should
be), and only create the file in the chroot'ed version of the directory.
This partially addresses the problem described in conf/73929, but I have
not yet finished thinking about the PREFIX issue that PR also raises.
As a result of introducing the named_uid knob, the default named_flags
are now empty.
Update defaults/rc.conf and rc.conf(5) to reflect these changes.
2006-02-13 08:45:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va named_uid
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
The user that the
|
|
|
|
.Xr named 8
|
|
|
|
process should be run as.
|
2003-01-14 15:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va named_chrootdir
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The root directory for a name server run in a
|
|
|
|
.Xr chroot 8
|
2004-09-30 20:38:30 +00:00
|
|
|
environment (default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /var/named ) .
|
2003-01-14 15:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
If left empty
|
|
|
|
.Xr named 8
|
|
|
|
will not be run in a
|
|
|
|
.Xr chroot 8
|
|
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
.It Va named_chroot_autoupdate
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2004-09-30 20:38:30 +00:00
|
|
|
to disable automatic update of the
|
|
|
|
.Xr chroot 8
|
|
|
|
environment.
|
2003-01-14 15:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va named_symlink_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
to disable symlinking of
|
2004-09-30 20:38:30 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon's PID file
|
2003-01-14 15:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
into the
|
|
|
|
.Xr chroot 8
|
2004-09-30 20:38:30 +00:00
|
|
|
environment.
|
2009-05-16 20:55:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va named_wait
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to have
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.d/named
|
|
|
|
loop until working name service is established.
|
|
|
|
.It Va named_wait_host
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Name of host to lookup for the named_wait option.
|
|
|
|
(Default localhost)
|
|
|
|
.It Va named_auto_forward
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to enable automatic creation of a forwarder
|
|
|
|
configuration file derived from
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/resolv.conf .
|
|
|
|
.It Va named_auto_forward_only
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to change the default forwarder configuration from
|
|
|
|
.Dq forward first
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.Dq forward only .
|
2002-03-03 02:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kerberos5_server_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2002-03-03 02:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
to start a Kerberos 5 authentication server
|
|
|
|
at boot time.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kerberos5_server
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va kerberos5_server_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2003-04-30 21:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
this is the path to Kerberos 5 Authentication Server.
|
2005-09-20 11:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kerberos5_server_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable contains additional flags to be passed to the Kerberos 5
|
|
|
|
authentication server.
|
2002-03-03 02:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kadmind5_server_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2002-03-03 02:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
to start
|
2003-04-30 21:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr kadmind 8 ,
|
2002-03-03 02:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
the Kerberos 5 Administration Daemon; set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2002-03-03 02:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
on a slave server.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kadmind5_server
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va kadmind5_server_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
this is the path to Kerberos 5 Administration Daemon.
|
2003-04-30 21:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kpasswdd_server_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to start
|
|
|
|
.Xr kpasswdd 8 ,
|
|
|
|
the Kerberos 5 Password-Changing Daemon; set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
on a slave server.
|
|
|
|
.It Va kpasswdd_server
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va kpasswdd_server_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
this is the path to Kerberos 5 Password-Changing Daemon.
|
2012-05-06 21:05:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kfd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to start
|
|
|
|
.Xr kfd 8 ,
|
|
|
|
the Kerberos 5 ticket forwarding daemon, at the boot time.
|
|
|
|
.It Va kfd_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr kfd 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/libexec/kfd ) .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rwhod_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr rwhod 8
|
|
|
|
daemon at boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rwhod_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va rwhod_enable
|
1999-01-14 09:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1999-01-14 09:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to it.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va amd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr amd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon at boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va amd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va amd_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2000-01-13 12:06:41 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to it.
|
|
|
|
See the
|
|
|
|
.Xr amd 8
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
manpage for more information.
|
2001-08-20 00:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va amd_map_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
the specified program is run to get the list of
|
|
|
|
.Xr amd 8
|
|
|
|
maps.
|
|
|
|
For example, if the
|
|
|
|
.Xr amd 8
|
|
|
|
maps are stored in NIS, one can set this to
|
|
|
|
run
|
2001-08-22 14:16:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ypcat 1
|
2001-08-20 00:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
to get a list of
|
|
|
|
.Xr amd 8
|
|
|
|
maps from the
|
|
|
|
.Pa amd.master
|
|
|
|
NIS map.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va update_motd
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1999-09-15 18:50:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/motd
|
1998-12-12 23:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
will be updated at boot time to reflect the kernel release
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
being run.
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
1999-09-15 18:50:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/motd
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
will not be updated.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nfs_client_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
run the NFS client daemons at boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nfs_access_cache
|
2001-08-20 00:29:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
2001-07-24 09:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
If
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va nfs_client_enable
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1998-11-15 20:29:27 +00:00
|
|
|
this can be set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li 0
|
2001-07-24 09:20:37 +00:00
|
|
|
to disable NFS ACCESS RPC caching, or to the number of seconds for which
|
|
|
|
NFS ACCESS
|
|
|
|
results should be cached.
|
|
|
|
A value of 2-10 seconds will substantially reduce network
|
1998-11-15 20:29:27 +00:00
|
|
|
traffic for many NFS operations.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nfs_server_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
run the NFS server daemons at boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nfs_server_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nfs_server_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr nfsd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2011-04-28 00:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nfsv4_server_enable
|
2006-10-15 15:55:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2011-04-28 00:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nfs_server_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va nfsv4_server_enable
|
|
|
|
are set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable the server for NFSv4 as well as NFSv2 and NFSv3.
|
|
|
|
.It Va nfsuserd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nfsuserd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
2006-10-15 15:55:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2011-04-28 00:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
run the nfsuserd daemon, which is needed for NFSv4 in order
|
|
|
|
to map between user/group names vs uid/gid numbers.
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nfsv4_server_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
this will be forced enabled.
|
|
|
|
.It Va nfsuserd_flags
|
2006-10-15 15:55:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
2011-04-28 00:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va nfsuserd_enable
|
2006-10-15 15:55:00 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
2011-04-28 00:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr nfsuserd 8
|
2006-10-15 15:55:00 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2011-04-28 00:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nfscbd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nfscbd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the nfscbd daemon, which enables callbacks/delegations for the NFSv4 client.
|
|
|
|
.It Va nfscbd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nfscbd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr nfscbd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
|
|
|
.It Va oldnfs_server_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va oldnfs_server_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
force the NFS server daemons to run the old NFS server code
|
|
|
|
that does not support NFSv4.
|
2002-08-19 17:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va mountd_enable
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1999-11-23 04:14:35 +00:00
|
|
|
and no
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va nfs_server_enable
|
1999-11-23 04:14:35 +00:00
|
|
|
is set, start
|
|
|
|
.Xr mountd 8 ,
|
|
|
|
but not
|
|
|
|
.Xr nfsd 8
|
2000-03-03 14:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon.
|
|
|
|
It is commonly needed to run CFS without real NFS used.
|
2003-03-26 01:39:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va mountd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va mountd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
2003-03-26 17:32:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr mountd 8
|
2003-03-26 01:39:29 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va weak_mountd_authentication
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2000-01-13 12:06:41 +00:00
|
|
|
allow services like PCNFSD to make non-privileged mount
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
requests.
|
2003-02-18 18:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nfs_reserved_port_only
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
provide NFS services only on a secure port.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nfs_bufpackets
|
2001-08-20 00:29:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to a number, indicates the number of packets worth of
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
socket buffer space to reserve on an NFS client.
|
2003-02-08 20:59:16 +00:00
|
|
|
The kernel default is typically 4.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Using a higher number may be
|
|
|
|
useful on gigabit networks to improve performance.
|
|
|
|
The minimum value is
|
2000-03-27 21:38:35 +00:00
|
|
|
2 and the maximum is 64.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rpc_lockd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2006-01-21 13:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
and also an NFS server or client, run
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpc.lockd 8
|
|
|
|
at boot time.
|
2007-04-04 13:16:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rpc_lockd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va rpc_lockd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr rpc.lockd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rpc_statd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2006-01-21 13:52:45 +00:00
|
|
|
and also an NFS server or client, run
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpc.statd 8
|
|
|
|
at boot time.
|
2007-04-04 13:16:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rpc_statd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va rpc_statd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr rpc.statd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2002-08-19 17:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rpcbind_program
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
2001-06-07 16:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpcbind 8
|
1999-03-29 17:22:47 +00:00
|
|
|
(default
|
2001-06-07 16:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/sbin/rpcbind ) .
|
2002-08-19 17:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rpcbind_enable
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
run the
|
2001-06-07 16:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpcbind 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
service at boot time.
|
2002-08-19 17:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rpcbind_flags
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
2002-08-19 17:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va rpcbind_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
2001-06-07 16:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpcbind 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va keyserv_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr keyserv 8
|
|
|
|
daemon on boot for running Secure RPC.
|
|
|
|
.It Va keyserv_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va keyserv_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to
|
|
|
|
.Xr keyserv 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pppoed_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr pppoed 8
|
1999-11-23 00:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon at boot time to provide PPP over Ethernet services.
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pppoed_ Ns Aq Ar provider
|
2001-07-24 09:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
1999-11-23 00:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr pppoed 8
|
|
|
|
listens to requests to this
|
|
|
|
.Ar provider
|
|
|
|
and ultimately runs
|
|
|
|
.Xr ppp 8
|
|
|
|
with a
|
|
|
|
.Ar system
|
|
|
|
argument of the same name.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pppoed_flags
|
2001-07-24 09:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
1999-11-23 00:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Additional flags to pass to
|
|
|
|
.Xr pppoed 8 .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va pppoed_interface
|
2001-07-24 09:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
The network interface to run
|
|
|
|
.Xr pppoed 8
|
|
|
|
on.
|
|
|
|
This is mandatory when
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va pppoed_enable
|
1999-11-23 00:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va timed_enable
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr timed 8
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
service at boot time.
|
|
|
|
This command is intended for networks of
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
machines where a consistent
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq "network time"
|
|
|
|
for all hosts must be established.
|
|
|
|
This is often useful in large NFS
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
environments where time stamps on files are expected to be consistent
|
|
|
|
network-wide.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va timed_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va timed_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr timed 8
|
|
|
|
service.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ntpdate_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run
|
|
|
|
.Xr ntpdate 8
|
|
|
|
at system startup.
|
|
|
|
This command is intended to
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
synchronize the system clock only
|
2001-07-04 15:19:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.Em once
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
from some standard reference.
|
|
|
|
An option to set this up initially
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(from a list of known servers) is also provided by the
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr sysinstall 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
program when the system is first installed.
|
2006-07-20 10:07:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ntpdate_config
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2006-07-20 10:07:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Configuration file for
|
|
|
|
.Xr ntpdate 8 .
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ntp.conf .
|
2004-03-30 15:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ntpdate_hosts
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
A whitespace-separated list of NTP servers to synchronize with at startup.
|
|
|
|
The default is to use the servers listed in
|
2006-07-20 10:07:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ntpdate_config ,
|
2004-03-30 15:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
if that file exists.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ntpdate_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
1998-05-06 17:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ntpdate 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/sbin/ntpdate ) .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ntpdate_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va ntpdate_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ntpdate 8
|
|
|
|
command (typically a hostname).
|
2002-08-19 17:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ntpd_enable
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
2001-06-10 12:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ntpd 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
command at boot time.
|
2002-08-19 17:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ntpd_program
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
2001-06-10 12:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ntpd 8
|
1998-05-06 17:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
(default
|
2001-06-10 12:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/sbin/ntpd ) .
|
2006-04-18 15:02:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ntpd_config
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ntpd 8
|
|
|
|
configuration file.
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ntp.conf .
|
2002-08-19 17:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ntpd_flags
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
2002-08-19 17:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ntpd_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
2001-06-10 12:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ntpd 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2004-09-15 01:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ntpd_sync_on_start
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr ntpd 8
|
|
|
|
is run with the
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Fl g
|
2009-01-29 06:43:29 +00:00
|
|
|
flag, which syncs the system's clock on startup.
|
2004-09-15 01:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
See
|
|
|
|
.Xr ntpd 8
|
|
|
|
for more information regarding the
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Fl g
|
2009-01-29 06:43:29 +00:00
|
|
|
option.
|
2004-09-15 01:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
This is a preferred alternative to using
|
2005-01-21 10:48:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ntpdate 8
|
2004-09-15 01:39:25 +00:00
|
|
|
or specifying the
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ntpdate_enable
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nis_client_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ypbind 8
|
|
|
|
service at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nis_client_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nis_client_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ypbind 8
|
|
|
|
service.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nis_ypset_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ypset 8
|
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nis_ypset_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nis_ypset_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ypset 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nis_server_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ypserv 8
|
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nis_server_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nis_server_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ypserv 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nis_ypxfrd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
2001-08-20 00:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpc.ypxfrd 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nis_ypxfrd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nis_ypxfrd_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
2001-08-20 00:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpc.ypxfrd 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nis_yppasswdd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
2001-08-20 00:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpc.yppasswdd 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va nis_yppasswdd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va nis_yppasswdd_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
2001-08-20 00:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpc.yppasswdd 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rpc_ypupdated_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Nm rpc.ypupdated
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
2005-04-18 07:39:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va bsnmpd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr bsnmpd 1
|
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
|
|
|
Be sure to understand the security implications of running SNMP daemon
|
|
|
|
on your host.
|
|
|
|
.It Va bsnmpd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va bsnmpd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr bsnmpd 1
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va defaultrouter
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
create a default route to this host name or IP address
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
(use an IP address if this router is also required to get to the
|
|
|
|
name server!).
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_defaultrouter
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The IPv6 equivalent of
|
|
|
|
.Va defaultrouter .
|
2009-08-25 19:07:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va static_arp_pairs
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of static ARP pairs that are to be added at system
|
|
|
|
boot time.
|
|
|
|
For each whitespace separated
|
|
|
|
.Ar element
|
|
|
|
in the value, a
|
|
|
|
.Va static_arp_ Ns Aq Ar element
|
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist whose contents will later be passed to a
|
|
|
|
.Dq Nm arp Cm -S
|
|
|
|
operation.
|
|
|
|
For example
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
static_arp_pairs="gw"
|
|
|
|
static_arp_gw="192.168.1.1 00:01:02:03:04:05"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2011-10-23 10:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va static_ndp_pairs
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of static NDP pairs that are to be added at system
|
|
|
|
boot time.
|
|
|
|
For each whitespace separated
|
|
|
|
.Ar element
|
|
|
|
in the value, a
|
|
|
|
.Va static_ndp_ Ns Aq Ar element
|
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist whose contents will later be passed to a
|
|
|
|
.Dq Nm ndp Cm -s
|
|
|
|
operation.
|
|
|
|
For example
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
static_ndp_pairs="gw"
|
|
|
|
static_ndp_gw="2001:db8:3::1 00:01:02:03:04:05"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va static_routes
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Set to the list of static routes that are to be added at system
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
boot time.
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
1999-07-05 23:05:25 +00:00
|
|
|
then for each whitespace separated
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar element
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
in the value, a
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va route_ Ns Aq Ar element
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist
|
1999-09-15 18:50:39 +00:00
|
|
|
whose contents will later be passed to a
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Nm route Cm add
|
1999-09-15 18:50:39 +00:00
|
|
|
operation.
|
2004-06-18 01:28:33 +00:00
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
static_routes="mcast gif0local"
|
|
|
|
route_mcast="-net 224.0.0.0/4 -iface gif0"
|
|
|
|
route_gif0local="-host 169.254.1.1 -iface lo0"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_static_routes
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The IPv6 equivalent of
|
|
|
|
.Va static_routes .
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
then for each whitespace separated
|
|
|
|
.Ar element
|
|
|
|
in the value, a
|
|
|
|
.Va ipv6_route_ Ns Aq Ar element
|
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist
|
|
|
|
whose contents will later be passed to a
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Nm route Cm add Fl inet6
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
operation.
|
2003-08-14 15:27:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va natm_static_routes
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.Xr natmip 4
|
|
|
|
equivalent of
|
|
|
|
.Va static_routes .
|
|
|
|
If not empty then for each whitespace separated
|
|
|
|
.Ar element
|
|
|
|
in the value, a
|
|
|
|
.Va route_ Ns Aq Ar element
|
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist whose contents will later be passed to a
|
|
|
|
.Dq Nm atmconfig Cm natm Cm add
|
|
|
|
operation.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va gateway_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2004-07-03 18:29:24 +00:00
|
|
|
configure host to act as an IP router, e.g.\& to forward packets
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
between interfaces.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_gateway_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
The IPv6 equivalent of
|
|
|
|
.Va gateway_enable .
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va routed_enable
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run a routing daemon of some sort, based on the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
settings of
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va routed_program
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va routed_flags .
|
|
|
|
.It Va route6d_enable
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
The IPv6 equivalent of
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va routed_enable .
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run a routing daemon of some sort, based on the
|
|
|
|
settings of
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va route6d_program
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va route6d_flags .
|
|
|
|
.It Va routed_program
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va routed_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
this is the name of the routing daemon to use.
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va route6d_program
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The IPv6 equivalent of
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va routed_program .
|
|
|
|
.It Va routed_flags
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va routed_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the routing daemon.
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va route6d_flags
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The IPv6 equivalent of
|
2009-09-12 22:22:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va routed_flags .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va mrouted_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the multicast routing daemon,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr mrouted 8 .
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va mroute6d_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
The IPv6 equivalent of
|
|
|
|
.Va mrouted_enable .
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the IPv6 multicast routing daemon.
|
2006-09-29 15:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
Note that multicast routing daemons are no longer included in the
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Fx
|
2006-09-29 15:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
base system, however, both
|
|
|
|
.Xr mrouted 8
|
|
|
|
and
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr pim6dd 8
|
2006-09-29 15:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
may be installed from the
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Fx
|
|
|
|
Ports Collection.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va mrouted_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va mrouted_enable
|
1997-11-02 21:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr mrouted 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va mroute6d_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The IPv6 equivalent of
|
|
|
|
.Va mrouted_flags .
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va mroute6d_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags passed to the IPv6 multicast routing daemon.
|
|
|
|
.It Va mroute6d_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va mroute6d_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
this is the path to the IPv6 multicast routing daemon.
|
|
|
|
.It Va rtadvd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr rtadvd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon at boot time.
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.Xr rtadvd 8
|
2011-09-19 16:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
utility sends ICMPv6 Router Advertisement messages to
|
|
|
|
the interfaces specified in
|
|
|
|
.Va rtadvd_interfaces .
|
|
|
|
This should only be enabled with great care.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
You may want to fine-tune
|
|
|
|
.Xr rtadvd.conf 5 .
|
|
|
|
.It Va rtadvd_interfaces
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va rtadvd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
this is the list of interfaces to use.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipxgateway_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable the routing of IPX traffic.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipxrouted_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
1999-08-18 05:55:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr IPXrouted 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ipxrouted_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va ipxrouted_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
1999-08-18 05:55:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr IPXrouted 8
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va arpproxy_all
|
2001-07-24 09:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
1998-02-16 19:25:41 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable global proxy ARP.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va forward_sourceroute
|
2001-07-24 09:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
1998-02-16 19:25:41 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
and
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va gateway_enable
|
1998-03-09 08:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
is also set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
source-routed packets are forwarded.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va accept_sourceroute
|
2001-07-24 09:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
1998-02-16 19:25:41 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
the system will accept source-routed packets directed at it.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rarpd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
1998-03-09 08:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rarpd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va rarpd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va rarpd_enable
|
1998-03-09 08:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1998-03-09 08:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr rarpd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2002-09-05 20:19:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va bootparamd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr bootparamd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
|
|
|
.It Va bootparamd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va bootparamd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr bootparamd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va stf_interface_ipv4addr
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
this is the local IPv4 address for 6to4 (IPv6 over IPv4 tunneling
|
|
|
|
interface).
|
|
|
|
Specify this entry to enable the 6to4 interface.
|
|
|
|
.It Va stf_interface_ipv4plen
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
Prefix length for 6to4 IPv4 addresses, to limit peer address range.
|
|
|
|
An effective value is 0-31.
|
|
|
|
.It Va stf_interface_ipv6_ifid
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
IPv6 interface ID for
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr stf 4 .
|
|
|
|
This can be set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li AUTO .
|
|
|
|
.It Va stf_interface_ipv6_slaid
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
IPv6 Site Level Aggregator for
|
|
|
|
.Xr stf 4 .
|
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_faith_prefix
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
this is the faith prefix to enable a FAITH IPv6-to-IPv4 TCP
|
|
|
|
translator.
|
|
|
|
You also need
|
|
|
|
.Xr faithd 8
|
|
|
|
setup.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ipv6_ipv4mapping
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
this enables IPv4 mapped IPv6 address communication (like
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Li ::ffff:a.b.c.d ) .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va atm_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
to enable the configuration of ATM interfaces at system boot time.
|
|
|
|
For all of the ATM variables described below, please refer to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr atm 8
|
2005-06-30 13:18:15 +00:00
|
|
|
manual page for further details on the available command parameters.
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Also refer to the files in
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/share/examples/atm
|
|
|
|
for more detailed configuration information.
|
2003-07-28 13:30:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va atm_load
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
This is a list of physical ATM interface drivers to load.
|
|
|
|
Typical values are
|
2003-07-28 13:30:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li hfa_pci
|
|
|
|
and/or
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li hea_pci .
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va atm_netif_ Ns Aq Ar intf
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
For the ATM physical interface
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar intf ,
|
|
|
|
this variable defines the name prefix and count for the ATM network
|
|
|
|
interfaces to be created.
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The value will be passed as the parameters of an
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Nm atm Cm "set netif" Ar intf
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
command.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va atm_sigmgr_ Ns Aq Ar intf
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
For the ATM physical interface
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar intf ,
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
this variable defines the ATM signalling manager to be used.
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The value will be passed as the parameters of an
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Nm atm Cm attach Ar intf
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
command.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va atm_prefix_ Ns Aq Ar intf
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
For the ATM physical interface
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar intf ,
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
this variable defines the NSAP prefix for interfaces using a UNI signalling
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
manager.
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li ILMI ,
|
|
|
|
the prefix will automatically be set via the
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ilmid 8
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
daemon.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, the value will be passed as the parameters of an
|
|
|
|
.Dq Nm atm Cm "set prefix" Ar intf
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
command.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va atm_macaddr_ Ns Aq Ar intf
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
For the ATM physical interface
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar intf ,
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
this variable defines the MAC address for interfaces using a UNI signalling
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
manager.
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
the hardware MAC address contained in the ATM interface card will be used.
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, the value will be passed as the parameters of an
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Nm atm Cm "set mac" Ar intf
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
command.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va atm_arpserver_ Ns Aq Ar netif
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
For the ATM network interface
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar netif ,
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
this variable defines the ATM address for a host which is to provide ATMARP
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
service.
|
|
|
|
This variable is only applicable to interfaces using a UNI signalling
|
|
|
|
manager.
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li local ,
|
|
|
|
this host will become an ATMARP server.
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The value will be passed as the parameters of an
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Nm atm Cm "set arpserver" Ar netif
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
command.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va atm_scsparp_ Ns Aq Ar netif
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
SCSP/ATMARP service for the network interface
|
|
|
|
.Ar netif
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
will be initiated using the
|
|
|
|
.Xr scspd 8
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Xr atmarpd 8
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
daemons.
|
|
|
|
This variable is only applicable if
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va atm_arpserver_ Ns Aq Ar netif
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li local .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va atm_pvcs
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Set to the list of ATM PVCs to be added at system
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
boot time.
|
|
|
|
For each whitespace separated
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar element
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
in the value, an
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va atm_pvc_ Ns Aq Ar element
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist.
|
|
|
|
The value of each of these variables
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
will be passed as the parameters of an
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Nm atm Cm "add pvc"
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
command.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va atm_arps
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Set to the list of permanent ATM ARP entries to be added
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
at system boot time.
|
|
|
|
For each whitespace separated
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar element
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
in the value, an
|
2002-01-09 15:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va atm_arp_ Ns Aq Ar element
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist.
|
|
|
|
The value of each of these variables
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
will be passed as the parameters of an
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Nm atm Cm "add arp"
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
command.
|
2003-07-28 13:30:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va natm_interfaces
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of
|
|
|
|
.Xr natm 4
|
|
|
|
interfaces that will also be used for HARP through
|
|
|
|
.Xr harp 4 .
|
|
|
|
If this list is not empty all interfaces in the list will be brought up
|
|
|
|
with
|
2003-09-05 11:43:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
2003-07-28 13:30:42 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Xr harp 4
|
|
|
|
will be loaded.
|
|
|
|
For this to work the interface drivers must be either compiled into the
|
|
|
|
kernel or must reside on the root partition.
|
2003-02-28 22:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va keybell
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The keyboard bell sound.
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li normal ,
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li visual ,
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li off ,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
if the default behavior is desired.
|
|
|
|
For details, refer to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr kbdcontrol 1
|
|
|
|
manpage.
|
2004-06-19 00:18:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va keyboard
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set to a non-null string, the virtual console's keyboard input is
|
|
|
|
set to this device.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va keymap
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
no keymap is installed, otherwise the value is used to install
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
the keymap file in
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/share/syscons/keymaps/ Ns Ao Ar value Ac Ns Pa .kbd .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va keyrate
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
The keyboard repeat speed.
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li slow ,
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li normal ,
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li fast ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
or
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if the default behavior is desired.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va keychange
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
attempt to program the function keys with the value.
|
|
|
|
The value should
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
be a single string of the form:
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Ar funkey_number new_value Op Ar funkey_number new_value ... .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va cursor
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Can be set to the value of
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li normal ,
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li blink ,
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li destructive ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
or
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
to set the cursor behavior explicitly or choose the default behavior.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va scrnmap
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
no screen map is installed, otherwise the value is used to install
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
the screen map file in
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/share/syscons/scrnmaps/ Ns Aq Ar value .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va font8x16
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
the default 8x16 font value is used for screen size requests, otherwise
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
the value in
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/share/syscons/fonts/ Ns Aq Ar value
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is used.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va font8x14
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
the default 8x14 font value is used for screen size requests, otherwise
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
the value in
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/share/syscons/fonts/ Ns Aq Ar value
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is used.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va font8x8
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
the default 8x8 font value is used for screen size requests, otherwise
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
the value in
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/share/syscons/fonts/ Ns Aq Ar value
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is used.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va blanktime
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
the default screen blanking interval is used, otherwise it is set
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.Ar value
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
seconds.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va saver
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
this is the actual screen saver to use
|
|
|
|
.Li ( blank , snake , daemon ,
|
|
|
|
etc).
|
Do a better job of supporting more than one mouse device
on the system.
To start/stop/check on a specific device give the device name as
the second argument to the script:
# /etc/rc.d/moused start ums0
To use different rc.conf(5) knobs with different mice use the device
name as part of the knob. For example, if the mouse device is ums0, then:
moused_ums0_enable=yes
moused_ums0_flags="-z 4"
moused_ums0_port="/dev/ums0"
Starting rc.d/moused without the device argument will use the standard
moused_* flags. So, this commit should not disrupt or change current usage.
To preserve current behaviour with respect to usb mice, which appear
automatically when inserted, there is a new knob, moused_nondefault_enable,
which will treat any devices without rc.conf knobs as enabled.
To minimize knobs in /etc/rc.conf, the device file and pid file are
auto-computed, so that in the typical case for a usb mouse you don't
need to add anything extra in /etc/rc.conf to get it working.
Additionally, this updates /etc/usbd.conf to use the rc.d/moused script so
people don't have to modify it to configure their usb mouse anymore.
MFC after: 1 month
2004-11-01 18:05:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va moused_nondefault_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
Do a better job of supporting more than one mouse device
on the system.
To start/stop/check on a specific device give the device name as
the second argument to the script:
# /etc/rc.d/moused start ums0
To use different rc.conf(5) knobs with different mice use the device
name as part of the knob. For example, if the mouse device is ums0, then:
moused_ums0_enable=yes
moused_ums0_flags="-z 4"
moused_ums0_port="/dev/ums0"
Starting rc.d/moused without the device argument will use the standard
moused_* flags. So, this commit should not disrupt or change current usage.
To preserve current behaviour with respect to usb mice, which appear
automatically when inserted, there is a new knob, moused_nondefault_enable,
which will treat any devices without rc.conf knobs as enabled.
To minimize knobs in /etc/rc.conf, the device file and pid file are
auto-computed, so that in the typical case for a usb mouse you don't
need to add anything extra in /etc/rc.conf to get it working.
Additionally, this updates /etc/usbd.conf to use the rc.d/moused script so
people don't have to modify it to configure their usb mouse anymore.
MFC after: 1 month
2004-11-01 18:05:41 +00:00
|
|
|
the mouse device specified on
|
|
|
|
the command line is not automatically treated as enabled by the
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.d/moused
|
|
|
|
script.
|
|
|
|
Having this variable set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
allows a
|
|
|
|
.Xr usb 4
|
|
|
|
mouse,
|
|
|
|
for example,
|
|
|
|
to be enabled as soon as it is plugged in.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va moused_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1998-03-07 09:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
.Xr moused 8
|
|
|
|
daemon is started for doing cut/paste selection on the console.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va moused_type
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-08-21 19:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
This is the protocol type of the mouse connected to this host.
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
This variable must be set if
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va moused_enable
|
1998-03-07 09:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES .
|
1997-12-27 05:55:54 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.Xr moused 8
|
|
|
|
daemon
|
|
|
|
is able to detect the appropriate mouse type automatically in many cases.
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Set this variable to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li auto
|
1998-03-09 02:21:17 +00:00
|
|
|
to let the daemon detect it, or
|
|
|
|
select one from the following list if the automatic detection fails.
|
1999-08-22 06:12:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
If the mouse is attached to the PS/2 mouse port, choose
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li auto
|
1999-08-22 06:12:58 +00:00
|
|
|
or
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li ps/2 ,
|
|
|
|
regardless of the brand and model of the mouse.
|
|
|
|
Likewise, if the
|
1999-08-22 06:12:58 +00:00
|
|
|
mouse is attached to the bus mouse port, choose
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li auto
|
1999-08-22 06:12:58 +00:00
|
|
|
or
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li busmouse .
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
All other protocols are for serial mice and will not work with
|
1999-08-22 06:12:58 +00:00
|
|
|
the PS/2 and bus mice.
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
If this is a USB mouse,
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li auto
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
is the only protocol type which will work.
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
|
|
|
.Bl -tag -width ".Li x10mouseremote" -compact
|
|
|
|
.It Li microsoft
|
|
|
|
Microsoft mouse (serial)
|
|
|
|
.It Li intellimouse
|
|
|
|
Microsoft IntelliMouse (serial)
|
|
|
|
.It Li mousesystems
|
2004-07-03 18:29:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Mouse systems Corp.\& mouse (serial)
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Li mmseries
|
|
|
|
MM Series mouse (serial)
|
|
|
|
.It Li logitech
|
|
|
|
Logitech mouse (serial)
|
|
|
|
.It Li busmouse
|
|
|
|
A bus mouse
|
|
|
|
.It Li mouseman
|
|
|
|
Logitech MouseMan and TrackMan (serial)
|
|
|
|
.It Li glidepoint
|
|
|
|
ALPS GlidePoint (serial)
|
|
|
|
.It Li thinkingmouse
|
|
|
|
Kensington ThinkingMouse (serial)
|
|
|
|
.It Li ps/2
|
|
|
|
PS/2 mouse
|
|
|
|
.It Li mmhittab
|
|
|
|
MM HitTablet (serial)
|
|
|
|
.It Li x10mouseremote
|
|
|
|
X10 MouseRemote (serial)
|
|
|
|
.It Li versapad
|
|
|
|
Interlink VersaPad (serial)
|
|
|
|
.El
|
2001-07-23 10:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Even if the mouse is not in the above list, it may be compatible
|
2000-03-03 14:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
with one in the list.
|
2005-06-30 13:18:15 +00:00
|
|
|
Refer to the manual page for
|
1997-12-27 05:55:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr moused 8
|
|
|
|
for compatibility information.
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
It should also be noted that while this is enabled, any
|
|
|
|
other client of the mouse (such as an X server) should access
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
the mouse through the virtual mouse device,
|
|
|
|
.Pa /dev/sysmouse ,
|
|
|
|
and configure it as a
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li sysmouse
|
|
|
|
type mouse, since all
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mouse data is converted to this single canonical format when
|
|
|
|
using
|
|
|
|
.Xr moused 8 .
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
If the client program does not support the
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li sysmouse
|
|
|
|
type,
|
|
|
|
specify the
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li mousesystems
|
|
|
|
type.
|
2001-02-20 10:30:22 +00:00
|
|
|
It is the second preferred type.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va moused_port
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va moused_enable
|
1998-03-07 09:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1998-03-07 09:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
this is the actual port the mouse is on.
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
It might be
|
2004-11-13 00:09:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /dev/cuad0
|
1997-12-27 05:55:54 +00:00
|
|
|
for a COM1 serial mouse,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /dev/psm0
|
1997-12-27 05:55:54 +00:00
|
|
|
for a PS/2 mouse or
|
|
|
|
.Pa /dev/mse0
|
|
|
|
for a bus mouse, for example.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va moused_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
2007-06-11 08:19:04 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va moused_flags
|
|
|
|
is set, its value is used as an additional set of flags to pass to the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr moused 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2007-06-11 08:19:04 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va "moused_" Ns Ar XXX Ns Va "_flags"
|
|
|
|
When
|
|
|
|
.Va moused_nondefault_enable
|
|
|
|
is enabled, and a
|
|
|
|
.Xr moused 8
|
|
|
|
daemon is started for a non-default port, the
|
|
|
|
.Va "moused_" Ns Ar XXX Ns Va "_flags"
|
|
|
|
set of options has precedence over and replaces the default
|
2012-05-12 15:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va moused_flags
|
|
|
|
(where
|
2007-06-11 08:19:04 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar XXX
|
2012-05-12 15:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
is the name of the non-default port, i.e.,\&
|
2007-06-11 08:19:04 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar ums0 ) .
|
|
|
|
By setting
|
|
|
|
.Va "moused_" Ns Ar XXX Ns Va "_flags"
|
|
|
|
it is possible to set up a different set of default flags for each
|
|
|
|
.Xr moused 8
|
|
|
|
instance.
|
|
|
|
For example, you can use
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li "-3"
|
|
|
|
for the default
|
|
|
|
.Va moused_flags
|
|
|
|
to make your laptop's touchpad more comfortable to use,
|
|
|
|
but an empty set of options for
|
|
|
|
.Va moused_ums0_flags
|
|
|
|
when your
|
|
|
|
.Xr usb 4
|
|
|
|
mouse has three or more buttons.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va mousechar_start
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
the default mouse cursor character range
|
|
|
|
.Li 0xd0 Ns - Ns Li 0xd3
|
|
|
|
is used,
|
2001-04-21 16:28:29 +00:00
|
|
|
otherwise the range start is set
|
2001-04-27 10:27:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.Ar value
|
2001-04-19 14:55:32 +00:00
|
|
|
character, see
|
|
|
|
.Xr vidcontrol 1 .
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Use if the default range is occupied in the language code table.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va allscreens_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
1999-12-21 11:22:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr vidcontrol 1
|
|
|
|
is run with these options for each of the virtual terminals
|
|
|
|
.Pq Pa /dev/ttyv* .
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Fl m Cm on
|
1999-12-21 11:22:06 +00:00
|
|
|
will enable the mouse pointer on all virtual terminals
|
|
|
|
if
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va moused_enable
|
1999-12-21 11:22:06 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES .
|
2001-04-28 20:57:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va allscreens_kbdflags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
|
|
.Xr kbdcontrol 1
|
|
|
|
is run with these options for each of the virtual terminals
|
|
|
|
.Pq Pa /dev/ttyv* .
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Fl h Li 200
|
2001-04-28 20:57:26 +00:00
|
|
|
will set the
|
|
|
|
.Xr syscons 4
|
|
|
|
scrollback (history) buffer to 200 lines.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va cron_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr cron 8
|
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va cron_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
2001-01-21 20:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr cron 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/sbin/cron ) .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va cron_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
If
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va cron_enable
|
2001-01-21 20:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2001-01-21 20:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to
|
|
|
|
.Xr cron 8 .
|
2003-12-26 03:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va cron_dst
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable the special handling of transitions to and from the
|
2004-02-03 11:27:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Daylight Saving Time in
|
2003-12-26 03:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr cron 8
|
|
|
|
(equivalent to using the flag
|
|
|
|
.Fl s ) .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va lpd_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-07-23 10:20:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Path to
|
1999-03-29 17:22:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr lpd 8
|
|
|
|
(default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/sbin/lpd ) .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va lpd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr lpd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va lpd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va lpd_enable
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr lpd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2005-03-02 18:44:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va chkprintcap_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run the
|
|
|
|
.Xr chkprintcap 8
|
|
|
|
command before starting the
|
|
|
|
.Xr lpd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
|
|
|
.It Va chkprintcap_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va lpd_enable
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va chkprintcap_enable
|
|
|
|
are set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr chkprintcap 8
|
|
|
|
program.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li -d ,
|
|
|
|
which causes missing directories to be created.
|
2002-04-05 02:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va mta_start_script
|
2002-03-28 03:29:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2002-04-05 02:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
This variable specifies the full path to the script to run to start
|
|
|
|
a mail transfer agent.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.sendmail .
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.Va sendmail_*
|
|
|
|
variables which
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.sendmail
|
|
|
|
uses are documented in the
|
|
|
|
.Xr rc.sendmail 8
|
2005-06-30 13:18:15 +00:00
|
|
|
manual page.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va dumpdev
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2001-10-10 00:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Indicates the device (usually a swap partition) to which a crash dump
|
|
|
|
should be written in the event of a system crash.
|
2004-09-20 17:49:57 +00:00
|
|
|
If the value of this variable is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li AUTO ,
|
|
|
|
the first suitable swap device listed in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/fstab
|
|
|
|
will be used as dump device.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, the value of this variable is passed as the argument to
|
2001-10-10 00:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr dumpon 8 .
|
|
|
|
To disable crash dumps, set this variable to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO .
|
2001-10-10 00:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va dumpdir
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
When the system reboots after a crash and a crash dump is found on the
|
|
|
|
device specified by the
|
|
|
|
.Va dumpdev
|
|
|
|
variable,
|
1999-10-06 09:20:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr savecore 8
|
2001-10-10 00:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
will save that crash dump and a copy of the kernel to the directory
|
|
|
|
specified by the
|
|
|
|
.Va dumpdir
|
|
|
|
variable.
|
|
|
|
The default value is
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /var/crash .
|
2002-03-11 08:47:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2002-03-11 08:47:02 +00:00
|
|
|
to not run
|
|
|
|
.Xr savecore 8
|
|
|
|
at boot time when
|
|
|
|
.Va dumpdir
|
|
|
|
is set.
|
2002-07-15 02:21:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va savecore_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If crash dumps are enabled, these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr savecore 8
|
|
|
|
utility.
|
2008-06-21 13:53:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va quota_enable
|
2001-08-20 00:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2007-01-23 21:27:07 +00:00
|
|
|
to turn on user and group disk quotas on system startup via the
|
2001-08-20 00:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr quotaon 8
|
2007-01-23 21:27:07 +00:00
|
|
|
command for all file systems marked as having quotas enabled in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/fstab .
|
|
|
|
The kernel must be built with
|
|
|
|
.Cd "options QUOTA"
|
|
|
|
for disk quotas to function.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va check_quotas
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2007-01-23 21:27:07 +00:00
|
|
|
to enable user and group disk quota checking via the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr quotacheck 8
|
|
|
|
command.
|
2007-01-23 21:27:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va quotacheck_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
2008-06-21 13:53:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va quota_enable
|
2007-01-23 21:27:07 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va check_quotas
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr quotacheck 8
|
|
|
|
utility.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li "-a" ,
|
|
|
|
which checks quotas for all file systems with quotas enabled in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/fstab .
|
|
|
|
.It Va quotaon_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
2008-06-21 13:53:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va quota_enable
|
2007-01-23 21:27:07 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr quotaon 8
|
|
|
|
utility.
|
2007-10-14 19:01:28 +00:00
|
|
|
The default is
|
2007-01-23 21:27:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li "-a" ,
|
|
|
|
which enables quotas for all file systems with quotas enabled in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/fstab .
|
|
|
|
.It Va quotaoff_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
2008-06-21 13:53:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va quota_enable
|
2007-01-23 21:27:07 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr quotaoff 8
|
|
|
|
utility when shutting down the quota system.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li "-a" ,
|
|
|
|
which disables quotas for all file systems with quotas enabled in
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/fstab .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va accounting_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
to enable system accounting through the
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr accton 8
|
|
|
|
facility.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ibcs2_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
to enable iBCS2 (SCO) binary emulation at system initial boot
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ibcs2_loaders
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
2000-08-18 09:37:50 +00:00
|
|
|
and if
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va ibcs2_enable
|
2000-08-18 09:37:50 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2000-08-18 09:37:50 +00:00
|
|
|
this specifies a list of additional iBCS2 loaders to enable.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va linux_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
to enable Linux/ELF binary emulation at system initial
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
boot time.
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va svr4_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
enable SysVR4 emulation at boot time.
|
|
|
|
.It Va sysvipc_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
load System V IPC primitives at boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va clear_tmp_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
to have
|
1997-11-16 15:59:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /tmp
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
cleaned at startup.
|
2005-12-20 20:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va clear_tmp_X
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
to disable removing of X11 lock files,
|
|
|
|
and the removal and (secure) recreation
|
|
|
|
of the various socket directories for X11
|
|
|
|
related programs.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ldconfig_paths
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of shared library paths to use with
|
1997-12-27 19:50:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ldconfig 8 .
|
|
|
|
NOTE:
|
|
|
|
.Pa /usr/lib
|
|
|
|
will always be added first, so it need not appear in this list.
|
2006-02-13 21:10:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ldconfig32_paths
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2006-03-08 14:10:38 +00:00
|
|
|
Set to the list of 32-bit compatibility shared library paths to
|
2006-02-13 21:10:03 +00:00
|
|
|
use with
|
|
|
|
.Xr ldconfig 8 .
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ldconfig_paths_aout
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Set to the list of shared library paths to use with
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ldconfig 8
|
|
|
|
legacy
|
|
|
|
.Xr a.out 5
|
|
|
|
support.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ldconfig_insecure
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
The
|
2000-08-11 17:15:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ldconfig 8
|
|
|
|
utility normally refuses to use directories
|
2000-08-11 04:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
which are writable by anyone except root.
|
|
|
|
Set this variable to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
to disable that security check during system startup.
|
2006-01-08 10:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ldconfig_local_dirs
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of local
|
|
|
|
.Xr ldconfig 8
|
|
|
|
directories.
|
|
|
|
The names of all files in the directories listed will be
|
|
|
|
passed as arguments to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ldconfig 8 .
|
|
|
|
.It Va ldconfig_local32_dirs
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of local 32-bit compatibility
|
|
|
|
.Xr ldconfig 8
|
|
|
|
directories.
|
|
|
|
The names of all files in the directories listed will be
|
|
|
|
passed as arguments to
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Nm ldconfig Fl 32 .
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kern_securelevel_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
to set the kernel security level at system startup.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va kern_securelevel
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
The kernel security level to set at startup.
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The allowed range of
|
1998-06-25 04:27:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar value
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
ranges from \-1 (the compile time default) to 3 (the
|
|
|
|
most secure).
|
|
|
|
See
|
2009-01-08 23:50:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr security 7
|
1998-06-25 04:27:56 +00:00
|
|
|
for the list of possible security levels and their effect
|
|
|
|
on system operation.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va sshd_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to the SSH server program
|
2001-08-07 15:48:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa ( /usr/sbin/sshd
|
|
|
|
is the default).
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va sshd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
2001-08-20 01:02:05 +00:00
|
|
|
to start
|
2000-07-03 12:34:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr sshd 8
|
|
|
|
at system boot time.
|
2001-04-28 20:51:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va sshd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va sshd_enable
|
2000-07-03 12:34:27 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2000-07-03 12:34:27 +00:00
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr sshd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2006-01-21 18:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ftpd_program
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to the FTP server program
|
|
|
|
.Pa ( /usr/libexec/ftpd
|
|
|
|
is the default).
|
|
|
|
.It Va ftpd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to start
|
|
|
|
.Xr ftpd 8
|
|
|
|
as a stand-alone daemon at system boot time.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ftpd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va ftpd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the additional flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr ftpd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2003-06-28 04:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va watchdogd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
start the
|
|
|
|
.Xr watchdogd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon at boot time.
|
2004-04-25 17:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
This requires that the kernel have been compiled with a
|
|
|
|
.Xr watchdog 4
|
|
|
|
compatible device.
|
|
|
|
.It Va watchdogd_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va watchdogd_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags passed to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr watchdogd 8
|
|
|
|
daemon.
|
2012-02-08 08:52:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va devfs_rulesets
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
List of files containing sets of rules for
|
|
|
|
.Xr devfs 8 .
|
|
|
|
.It Va devfs_system_ruleset
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Rule name(s) to apply to the system
|
|
|
|
.Pa /dev
|
|
|
|
itself.
|
|
|
|
.It Va devfs_set_rulesets
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Pairs of already-mounted
|
|
|
|
.Pa dev
|
|
|
|
directories and rulesets that should be applied to them.
|
|
|
|
For example: /mount/dev=ruleset_name
|
|
|
|
.It Va devfs_load_rulesets
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set, always load the default rulesets listed in
|
|
|
|
.Va devfs_rulesets .
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va performance_cx_lowest
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
CPU idle state to use while on AC power.
|
|
|
|
The string
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li LOW
|
2005-01-05 09:52:12 +00:00
|
|
|
indicates that
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr acpi 4
|
|
|
|
should use the lowest power state available while
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li HIGH
|
|
|
|
indicates that the lowest latency state (less power savings) should be used.
|
2005-02-06 21:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va performance_cpu_freq
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2005-02-06 21:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
CPU clock frequency to use while on AC power.
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
The string
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li LOW
|
2005-01-05 09:52:12 +00:00
|
|
|
indicates that
|
2005-02-06 21:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr cpufreq 4
|
|
|
|
should use the lowest frequency available while
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li HIGH
|
2005-02-06 21:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
indicates that the highest frequency (less power savings) should be used.
|
|
|
|
.It Va economy_cx_lowest
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2005-02-06 21:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
CPU idle state to use when off AC power.
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
The string
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li LOW
|
2005-01-05 09:52:12 +00:00
|
|
|
indicates that
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr acpi 4
|
2005-02-06 21:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
should use the lowest power state available while
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li HIGH
|
2005-02-06 21:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
indicates that the lowest latency state (less power savings) should be used.
|
|
|
|
.It Va economy_cpu_freq
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2005-02-06 21:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
CPU clock frequency to use when off AC power.
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
The string
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li LOW
|
2005-01-05 09:52:12 +00:00
|
|
|
indicates that
|
2005-02-06 21:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr cpufreq 4
|
|
|
|
should use the lowest frequency available while
|
2004-12-16 22:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li HIGH
|
2005-02-06 21:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
indicates that the highest frequency (less power savings) should be used.
|
2003-04-16 16:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
|
|
|
any configured jails will not be started.
|
2012-02-28 03:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_parallel_start
|
2010-03-05 14:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
2012-02-28 03:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
all configured jails will be started in the background (in parallel).
|
2003-04-16 16:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_list
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
A space separated list of names for jails.
|
|
|
|
This is purely a configuration aid to help identify and
|
|
|
|
configure multiple jails.
|
|
|
|
The names specified in this list will be used to
|
2010-09-05 20:04:54 +00:00
|
|
|
identify settings common to an instance of a jail,
|
|
|
|
and should contain alphanumeric characters only.
|
2003-04-16 16:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Assuming that the jail in question was named
|
|
|
|
.Li vjail ,
|
2005-11-12 21:45:20 +00:00
|
|
|
you would have the following dependent variables:
|
2003-04-16 16:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
jail_vjail_hostname="jail.example.com"
|
2009-01-24 15:33:09 +00:00
|
|
|
jail_vjail_ip="192.0.2.100"
|
2003-04-16 16:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
jail_vjail_rootdir="/var/jails/vjail/root"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
|
|
|
.Pp
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, use as default value for
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _flags
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
for every jail in
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_interface
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, use as default value for
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _interface
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
for every jail in
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_fstab
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, use as default value for
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _fstab
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
for every jail in
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_mount_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
When set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
sets
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _mount_enable
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
by default for every jail in
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_devfs_ruleset
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, sets
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _devfs_ruleset
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
to given value for every jail in
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_devfs_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
When set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
sets
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _devfs_enable
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
by default for every jail in
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_fdescfs_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
When set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
sets
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _fdescfs_enable
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
by default for every jail in
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_procfs_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
When set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
sets
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _fdescfs_enable
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
by default for every jail in
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
2009-04-28 09:45:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_exec_prestart Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, use as default value for
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_prestart Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
for every jail in
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_exec_start
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, use as default value for
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_start
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
for every jail in
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
2006-05-30 16:20:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_exec_afterstart Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, use as default value for
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_afterstart Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
for every jail in
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
2009-04-28 09:45:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_exec_poststart Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, use as default value for
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_poststart Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
for every jail in
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_exec_prestop Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, use as default value for
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_prestop Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
for every jail in
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_exec_stop
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, use as default value for
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_stop
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
for every jail in
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
2009-04-28 09:45:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_exec_poststop Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, use as default value for
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_poststop Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
for every jail in
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_list .
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _rootdir
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
Set to the root directory used by jail
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jname .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _hostname
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
Set to the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) assigned to jail
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jname .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _ip
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
2009-01-26 12:59:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Set to the (primary) IPv4 and/or IPv6 address(es) assigned to the jail.
|
|
|
|
The argument can be a sole address or a comma separated list of addresses.
|
|
|
|
Additionally each address can be prefixed by the name of an interface
|
|
|
|
followed by a pipe to overwrite
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _interface
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_interface
|
|
|
|
and/or suffixed by a netmask, prefixlen or prefix.
|
|
|
|
In case no netmask, prefixlen or prefix is given,
|
|
|
|
.Sq /32
|
|
|
|
will be used for IPv4 and
|
|
|
|
.Sq /128
|
|
|
|
will be used for an IPv6 address.
|
|
|
|
If no address is given for the jail then the jail will be started with
|
|
|
|
no networking support.
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _ip_multi Ns Aq Ar n
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
Set additional IPv4 and/or IPv6 address(es) assigned to the jail.
|
|
|
|
The sequence starts with
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li _multi0
|
|
|
|
and the numbers have to be strictly ascending.
|
|
|
|
These entries follow the same syntax as their primary
|
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _ip
|
|
|
|
entry.
|
|
|
|
The order of the entries can be important as the first address for
|
|
|
|
each address family found will be the primary address of the jail.
|
|
|
|
See
|
|
|
|
.Va ip-addresses
|
|
|
|
option in
|
|
|
|
.Xr jail 8
|
|
|
|
for more details.
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _flags
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li -l -U root
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
These are flags to pass to
|
2011-05-17 10:38:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr jail 8 .
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _interface
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, sets the interface to use when setting IP address alias.
|
|
|
|
Note that the alias is created at jail startup and removed at jail shutdown.
|
2008-09-16 20:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _fib
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
2008-09-19 15:27:37 +00:00
|
|
|
When set, the jail is started with the specified forwarding table (sometimes
|
|
|
|
referred to as a routing table) via
|
2008-09-16 20:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr setfib 1 .
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _fstab
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/fstab. Ns Aq Ar jname
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
This is the file system information file to use for jail
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jname .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _mount_enable
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
When set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
mount all file systems from
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _fstab
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
at jail startup.
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _devfs_ruleset
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
When set, defines the device file system ruleset file to use for jail
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va jname .
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _devfs_enable
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
When set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
mount the device file system inside jail
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar jname
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
at jail startup.
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _fdescfs_enable
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
When set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
mount the file-descriptor file system inside jail
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar jname
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
at jail startup.
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _procfs_enable
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
When set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
mount the process file system inside jail
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar jname
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
at jail startup.
|
2009-04-28 09:45:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_prestart Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
This is the command run as
|
|
|
|
.Ar N Ns
|
|
|
|
th command
|
|
|
|
before jail startup, where
|
|
|
|
.Ar N
|
|
|
|
is 0, 1, and so on.
|
|
|
|
It is run outside the jail.
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_start
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li /bin/sh /etc/rc
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
2009-04-28 09:45:32 +00:00
|
|
|
This is the command executed in a jail at jail startup.
|
2006-05-30 16:20:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_afterstart Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
This is the command run as
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar N Ns
|
2006-05-30 16:20:48 +00:00
|
|
|
th command
|
2009-04-28 09:45:32 +00:00
|
|
|
in a jail
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
after jail startup, where
|
2006-05-30 16:20:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ar N
|
|
|
|
is 1, 2, and so on.
|
2009-04-28 09:45:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_poststart Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
This is the command run as
|
|
|
|
.Ar N Ns
|
|
|
|
th command
|
|
|
|
after jail startup, where
|
|
|
|
.Ar N
|
|
|
|
is 0, 1, and so on.
|
|
|
|
It is run outside the jail.
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_prestop Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
This is the command run as
|
|
|
|
.Ar N Ns
|
|
|
|
th command
|
|
|
|
before jail shutdown, where
|
|
|
|
.Ar N
|
|
|
|
is 0, 1, and so on.
|
|
|
|
It is run outside the jail.
|
2006-05-11 14:23:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_stop
|
2006-04-08 12:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li /bin/sh /etc/rc.shutdown
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
2009-04-28 09:45:32 +00:00
|
|
|
This is the command executed in a jail at jail shutdown.
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_ Ns Ao Ar jname Ac Ns Va _exec_poststop Ns Aq Ar N
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Unset by default.
|
|
|
|
This is the command run as
|
|
|
|
.Ar N Ns
|
|
|
|
th command
|
|
|
|
after jail shutdown, where
|
|
|
|
.Ar N
|
|
|
|
is 0, 1, and so on.
|
|
|
|
It is run outside the jail.
|
2003-04-16 16:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va jail_set_hostname_allow
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO ,
|
2003-04-16 16:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
do not allow the root user in a jail to set its hostname.
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_socket_unixiproute_only
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
2005-12-29 13:39:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
do not allow any sockets,
|
|
|
|
besides UNIX/IP/route sockets,
|
2003-04-16 16:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
to be used within a jail.
|
|
|
|
.It Va jail_sysvipc_allow
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
2003-04-16 16:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
allow applications within a jail to use System V IPC.
|
2001-04-24 20:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" -----------------------------------------------------
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va harvest_interrupt
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to use hardware interrupts as an entropy source.
|
|
|
|
Refer to
|
|
|
|
.Xr random 4
|
|
|
|
for more information.
|
|
|
|
.It Va harvest_ethernet
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to use LAN traffic as an entropy source.
|
|
|
|
Refer to
|
|
|
|
.Xr random 4
|
|
|
|
for more information.
|
|
|
|
.It Va harvest_p_to_p
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to use serial line traffic as an entropy source.
|
|
|
|
Refer to
|
|
|
|
.Xr random 4
|
|
|
|
for more information.
|
|
|
|
.It Va entropy_dir
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
to disable caching entropy via
|
|
|
|
.Xr cron 8 .
|
|
|
|
Otherwise set to the directory used to store entropy files in.
|
|
|
|
.It Va entropy_file
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
to disable caching entropy through reboots.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise set to the filename used to store cached entropy through
|
|
|
|
reboots.
|
|
|
|
This file should be located on the root file system to seed the
|
|
|
|
.Xr random 4
|
|
|
|
device as early as possible in the boot process.
|
|
|
|
.It Va entropy_save_sz
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
Size of the entropy cache files saved by
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Nm save-entropy
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
periodically.
|
|
|
|
.It Va entropy_save_num
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
Number of entropy cache files to save by
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Nm save-entropy
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
periodically.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ipsec_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to run
|
|
|
|
.Xr setkey 8
|
|
|
|
on
|
|
|
|
.Va ipsec_file
|
|
|
|
at boot time.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ipsec_file
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2003-05-21 15:49:01 +00:00
|
|
|
Configuration file for
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr setkey 8 .
|
|
|
|
.It Va dmesg_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to save
|
|
|
|
.Xr dmesg 8
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
.Pa /var/run/dmesg.boot
|
|
|
|
on boot.
|
|
|
|
.It Va rcshutdown_timeout
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
If set, start a watchdog timer in the background which will terminate
|
|
|
|
.Pa rc.shutdown
|
|
|
|
if
|
|
|
|
.Xr shutdown 8
|
|
|
|
has not completed within the specified time (in seconds).
|
2005-09-15 13:16:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Notice that in addition to this soft timeout,
|
|
|
|
.Xr init 8
|
|
|
|
also applies a hard timeout for the execution of
|
|
|
|
.Pa rc.shutdown .
|
|
|
|
This is configured via
|
|
|
|
.Xr sysctl 8
|
|
|
|
variable
|
|
|
|
.Va kern.init_shutdown_timeout
|
2005-11-18 10:56:28 +00:00
|
|
|
and defaults to 120 seconds.
|
|
|
|
Setting the value of
|
2005-09-15 13:16:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va rcshutdown_timeout
|
|
|
|
to more than 120 seconds will have no effect until the
|
|
|
|
.Xr sysctl 8
|
|
|
|
variable
|
|
|
|
.Va kern.init_shutdown_timeout
|
|
|
|
is also increased.
|
2004-03-04 08:25:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va virecover_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
to prevent the system from trying to
|
|
|
|
recover pre-maturely terminated
|
|
|
|
.Xr vi 1
|
|
|
|
sessions.
|
2004-09-29 07:08:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ugidfw_enable
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES
|
|
|
|
to load the
|
2004-09-29 07:08:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr mac_bsdextended 4
|
|
|
|
module upon system initialization and load a default
|
|
|
|
ruleset file.
|
|
|
|
.It Va bsdextended_script
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
2004-09-29 07:08:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The default
|
|
|
|
.Xr mac_bsdextended 4
|
|
|
|
ruleset file to load.
|
2005-01-12 21:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
The default value of this variable is
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/rc.bsdextended .
|
2005-03-02 18:44:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va newsyslog_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
run
|
|
|
|
.Xr newsyslog 8
|
|
|
|
command at startup.
|
|
|
|
.It Va newsyslog_flags
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
If
|
|
|
|
.Va newsyslog_enable
|
|
|
|
is set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
these are the flags to pass to the
|
|
|
|
.Xr newsyslog 8
|
|
|
|
program.
|
|
|
|
The default is
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li -CN ,
|
|
|
|
which causes log files flagged with a
|
|
|
|
.Cm C
|
|
|
|
to be created.
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va mdconfig_md Ns Aq Ar X
|
2006-05-18 15:29:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Arguments to
|
|
|
|
.Xr mdconfig 8
|
|
|
|
for
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
device
|
|
|
|
.Ar X .
|
|
|
|
At minimum a
|
|
|
|
.Fl t Ar type
|
|
|
|
must be specified and either a
|
|
|
|
.Fl s Ar size
|
|
|
|
for malloc or swap backed
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
devices or a
|
|
|
|
.Fl f Ar file
|
|
|
|
for vnode backed
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
devices.
|
|
|
|
Note that
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va mdconfig_md Ns Aq Ar X
|
2006-05-18 15:29:27 +00:00
|
|
|
variables are evaluated until one variable is unset or null.
|
|
|
|
.It Va mdconfig_md Ns Ao Ar X Ac Ns Va _newfs
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Optional arguments passed to
|
|
|
|
.Xr newfs 8
|
|
|
|
to initialize
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
device
|
|
|
|
.Ar X .
|
|
|
|
.It Va mdconfig_md Ns Ao Ar X Ac Ns Va _owner
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
An ownership specification passed to
|
|
|
|
.Xr chown 8
|
|
|
|
after the specified
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
device
|
|
|
|
.Ar X
|
|
|
|
has been mounted.
|
|
|
|
Both the
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
device and the mount point will be changed.
|
|
|
|
.It Va mdconfig_md Ns Ao Ar X Ac Ns Va _perms
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
A mode string passed to
|
|
|
|
.Xr chmod 1
|
|
|
|
after the specified
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
device
|
|
|
|
.Ar X
|
|
|
|
has been mounted.
|
|
|
|
Both the
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
device and the mount point will be changed.
|
|
|
|
.It Va mdconfig_md Ns Ao Ar X Ac Ns Va _files
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Files to be copied to the mount point of the
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
device
|
|
|
|
.Ar X
|
|
|
|
after it has been mounted.
|
|
|
|
.It Va mdconfig_md Ns Ao Ar X Ac Ns Va _cmd
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Command to execute after the specified
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
device
|
|
|
|
.Ar X
|
|
|
|
has been mounted.
|
|
|
|
Note that the command is passed to
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ic eval
|
2006-05-18 15:29:27 +00:00
|
|
|
and that both
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va _dev
|
2006-05-18 15:29:27 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.Va _mp
|
2006-05-18 15:29:27 +00:00
|
|
|
variables can be used to reference respectively the
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
device and the mount point.
|
|
|
|
Assuming that the
|
|
|
|
.Xr md 4
|
|
|
|
device is
|
|
|
|
.Li md0 ,
|
|
|
|
one could set the following:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
2006-09-18 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
mdconfig_md0_cmd="tar xfzC /var/file.tgz \e${_mp}"
|
2006-05-18 15:29:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2006-06-01 11:01:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va autobridge_interfaces
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Set to the list of bridge interfaces that will have newly arriving interfaces
|
|
|
|
checked against to be automatically added.
|
|
|
|
If not set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO
|
|
|
|
then for each whitespace separated
|
|
|
|
.Ar element
|
|
|
|
in the value, a
|
|
|
|
.Va autobridge_ Ns Aq Ar element
|
|
|
|
variable is assumed to exist which has a whitespace separated list of interface
|
|
|
|
names to match, these names can use wildcards.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
.Bd -literal
|
|
|
|
autobridge_interfaces="bridge0"
|
|
|
|
autobridge_bridge0="tap* dc0 vlan[345]"
|
|
|
|
.Ed
|
2006-10-21 18:05:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va mixer_enable
|
2006-10-06 23:22:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable support for sound mixer.
|
2008-04-08 23:34:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va hcsecd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable Bluetooth security daemon.
|
|
|
|
.It Va hcsecd_config
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Configuration file for
|
|
|
|
.Xr hcsecd 8 .
|
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/bluetooth/hcsecd.conf .
|
|
|
|
.It Va sdpd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable Bluetooth Service Discovery Protocol daemon.
|
|
|
|
.It Va sdpd_control
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to
|
|
|
|
.Xr sdpd 8
|
|
|
|
control socket.
|
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /var/run/sdp .
|
|
|
|
.It Va sdpd_groupname
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Sets
|
|
|
|
.Xr sdpd 8
|
|
|
|
group to run as after it initializes.
|
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li nobody .
|
|
|
|
.It Va sdpd_username
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Sets
|
|
|
|
.Xr sdpd 8
|
|
|
|
user to run as after it initializes.
|
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li nobody .
|
|
|
|
.It Va bthidd_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable Bluetooth Human Interface Device daemon.
|
|
|
|
.It Va bthidd_config
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Configuration file for
|
|
|
|
.Xr bthidd 8 .
|
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/bluetooth/bthidd.conf .
|
|
|
|
.It Va bthidd_hids
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Path to a file, where
|
2008-08-09 06:35:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr bthidd 8
|
2008-04-08 23:34:12 +00:00
|
|
|
will store information about known HID devices.
|
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Pa /var/db/bthidd.hids .
|
|
|
|
.It Va rfcomm_pppd_server_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
enable Bluetooth RFCOMM PPP wrapper daemon.
|
|
|
|
.It Va rfcomm_pppd_server_profile
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
The name of the profile to use from
|
|
|
|
.Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf .
|
|
|
|
Multiple profiles can be specified here.
|
|
|
|
Also used to specify per-profile overrides.
|
|
|
|
When the profile name contains any of the characters
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li .-/+
|
|
|
|
they are translated to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li _
|
|
|
|
for the proposes of the override variable names.
|
|
|
|
.It Va rfcomm_pppd_server_ Ns Ao Ar profile Ac Ns _bdaddr
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Overrides local address to listen on.
|
|
|
|
By default
|
|
|
|
.Xr rfcomm_pppd 8
|
|
|
|
will listen on
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li ANY
|
|
|
|
address.
|
|
|
|
The address can be specified as BD_ADDR or name.
|
|
|
|
.It Va rfcomm_pppd_server_ Ns Ao Ar profile Ac Ns _channel
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Overrides local RFCOMM channel to listen on.
|
|
|
|
By default
|
|
|
|
.Xr rfcomm_pppd 8
|
|
|
|
will listen on RFCOMM channel 1.
|
|
|
|
Must set properly if multiple profiles used in the same time.
|
|
|
|
.It Va rfcomm_pppd_server_ Ns Ao Ar profile Ac Ns _register_sp
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Tells
|
|
|
|
.Xr rfcomm_pppd 8
|
2010-07-31 12:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if it should register Serial Port service on the specified RFCOMM channel.
|
2008-04-08 23:34:12 +00:00
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO .
|
|
|
|
.It Va rfcomm_pppd_server_ Ns Ao Ar profile Ac Ns _register_dun
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
Tells
|
|
|
|
.Xr rfcomm_pppd 8
|
2010-07-31 12:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if it should register Dial-Up Networking service on the specified
|
2008-04-08 23:34:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RFCOMM channel.
|
|
|
|
Default
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li NO .
|
2010-04-09 17:32:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va ubthidhci_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
change the USB Bluetooth controller from HID mode to HCI mode.
|
|
|
|
You also need to specify the location of USB Bluetooth controller with the
|
|
|
|
.Va ubthidhci_busnum
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va ubthidhci_addr
|
|
|
|
variables.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ubthidhci_busnum
|
|
|
|
Bus number where the USB Bluetooth controller is located.
|
|
|
|
Check the output of
|
2010-08-03 16:21:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr usbconfig 8
|
2010-04-09 17:32:38 +00:00
|
|
|
on your system to find this information.
|
|
|
|
.It Va ubthidhci_addr
|
|
|
|
Bus address of the USB Bluetooth controller.
|
|
|
|
Check the output of
|
2010-08-03 16:21:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr usbconfig 8
|
2010-04-09 17:32:38 +00:00
|
|
|
on your system to find this information.
|
2011-06-19 22:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Va netwait_enable
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt bool
|
|
|
|
If set to
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li YES ,
|
|
|
|
delays the start of network-reliant services until
|
|
|
|
.Va netwait_if
|
|
|
|
is up and ICMP packets to a destination defined in
|
|
|
|
.Va netwait_ip
|
|
|
|
are flowing.
|
|
|
|
Link state is examined first, followed by
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li pinging
|
|
|
|
an IP address to verify network usability.
|
|
|
|
If no destination can be reached or timeouts are exceeded,
|
|
|
|
network services are started anyway with no guarantee that
|
|
|
|
the network is usable.
|
|
|
|
Use of this variable requires both
|
|
|
|
.Va netwait_ip
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
.Va netwait_if
|
|
|
|
to be set.
|
|
|
|
.It Va netwait_ip
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
This variable contains a space-delimited list of IP addresses to
|
|
|
|
.Xr ping 8 .
|
|
|
|
DNS hostnames should not be used as resolution is not guaranteed
|
|
|
|
to be functional at this point.
|
|
|
|
If multiple IP addresses are specified,
|
|
|
|
each will be tried until one is successful or the list is exhausted.
|
|
|
|
.It Va netwait_timeout
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
Indicates the total number of seconds to perform a
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li ping
|
|
|
|
against each IP address in
|
|
|
|
.Va netwait_ip ,
|
|
|
|
at a rate of one ping per second.
|
|
|
|
If any of the pings are successful,
|
|
|
|
full network connectivity is considered reliable.
|
|
|
|
The default is 60.
|
|
|
|
.It Va netwait_if
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt str
|
|
|
|
Empty by default.
|
|
|
|
Defines the name of the network interface on which watch for link.
|
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8
|
|
|
|
is used to monitor the interface, looking for
|
|
|
|
.Dq Li status: no carrier .
|
|
|
|
Once gone, the link is considered up.
|
|
|
|
This can be a
|
|
|
|
.Xr vlan 4
|
|
|
|
interface if desired.
|
|
|
|
.It Va netwait_if_timeout
|
|
|
|
.Pq Vt int
|
|
|
|
Defines the total number of seconds to wait for link to become usable,
|
|
|
|
polled at a 1-second interval.
|
|
|
|
The default is 30.
|
2000-12-29 09:18:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.El
|
1998-12-12 23:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.Sh FILES
|
2002-03-17 14:52:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Bl -tag -width ".Pa /etc/defaults/rc.conf" -compact
|
1999-07-09 01:47:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Pa /etc/defaults/rc.conf
|
1998-12-12 23:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.It Pa /etc/rc.conf
|
|
|
|
.It Pa /etc/rc.conf.local
|
|
|
|
.El
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Sh SEE ALSO
|
1999-09-11 19:03:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr catman 1 ,
|
2004-04-04 06:34:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr chmod 1 ,
|
1997-09-29 10:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr gdb 1 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr info 1 ,
|
2003-02-28 22:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr kbdcontrol 1 ,
|
2001-07-04 15:19:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr makewhatis 1 ,
|
2006-01-27 02:46:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr sh 1 ,
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr vi 1 ,
|
2001-05-15 15:57:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr vidcontrol 1 ,
|
2006-06-01 11:01:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr bridge 4 ,
|
2008-01-27 15:15:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr dummynet 4 ,
|
2003-04-15 21:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ip 4 ,
|
2005-10-02 08:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ipf 4 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipfw 4 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipnat 4 ,
|
2003-03-17 23:15:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr kld 4 ,
|
2005-10-02 08:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr pf 4 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr pflog 4 ,
|
2005-10-02 18:59:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr pfsync 4 ,
|
2002-01-26 09:05:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr tcp 4 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr udp 4 ,
|
1997-09-29 10:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr exports 5 ,
|
2007-01-23 21:27:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr fstab 5 ,
|
2005-10-02 08:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ipf 5 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipnat 5 ,
|
1999-08-15 10:48:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr motd 5 ,
|
2004-04-02 19:25:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr newsyslog.conf 5 ,
|
2005-10-02 08:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr pf.conf 5 ,
|
2009-01-08 23:50:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr security 7 ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr accton 8 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr amd 8 ,
|
Added cross references for apm, cron, inetd, lpd, moused, mrouted,
nfsd, nfsiod, portmap, rpc.lockd, rpc.statd, syslogd, tickadj, and
ypbind.
1997-12-24 00:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr apm 8 ,
|
1998-10-06 19:24:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr atm 8 ,
|
2008-04-08 23:34:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr bthidd 8 ,
|
2005-03-02 18:44:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr chkprintcap 8 ,
|
2004-04-04 06:34:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr chown 8 ,
|
Added cross references for apm, cron, inetd, lpd, moused, mrouted,
nfsd, nfsiod, portmap, rpc.lockd, rpc.statd, syslogd, tickadj, and
ypbind.
1997-12-24 00:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr cron 8 ,
|
2012-02-08 08:52:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr devfs 8 ,
|
2000-01-13 11:54:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr dhclient 8 ,
|
2006-01-29 13:35:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ftpd 8 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr geli 8 ,
|
2008-04-08 23:34:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr hcsecd 8 ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ifconfig 8 ,
|
Added cross references for apm, cron, inetd, lpd, moused, mrouted,
nfsd, nfsiod, portmap, rpc.lockd, rpc.statd, syslogd, tickadj, and
ypbind.
1997-12-24 00:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr inetd 8 ,
|
2005-10-02 08:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ipf 8 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipfw 8 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr ipnat 8 ,
|
2006-01-13 01:09:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr jail 8 ,
|
2003-03-17 23:15:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr kldxref 8 ,
|
Added cross references for apm, cron, inetd, lpd, moused, mrouted,
nfsd, nfsiod, portmap, rpc.lockd, rpc.statd, syslogd, tickadj, and
ypbind.
1997-12-24 00:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr lpd 8 ,
|
2001-04-10 16:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr mdconfig 8 ,
|
2004-11-09 10:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr mdmfs 8 ,
|
2006-10-07 10:00:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr mixer 8 ,
|
2003-03-26 01:39:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr mountd 8 ,
|
Added cross references for apm, cron, inetd, lpd, moused, mrouted,
nfsd, nfsiod, portmap, rpc.lockd, rpc.statd, syslogd, tickadj, and
ypbind.
1997-12-24 00:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr moused 8 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr mrouted 8 ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr named 8 ,
|
2004-04-04 06:34:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr newfs 8 ,
|
2005-03-02 18:44:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr newsyslog 8 ,
|
Added cross references for apm, cron, inetd, lpd, moused, mrouted,
nfsd, nfsiod, portmap, rpc.lockd, rpc.statd, syslogd, tickadj, and
ypbind.
1997-12-24 00:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr nfsd 8 ,
|
2001-07-04 15:19:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ntpd 8 ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ntpdate 8 ,
|
2005-10-02 08:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr pfctl 8 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr pflogd 8 ,
|
2011-06-19 22:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ping 8 ,
|
2005-05-01 08:34:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr powerd 8 ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr quotacheck 8 ,
|
2001-08-20 00:28:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr quotaon 8 ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rc 8 ,
|
2002-04-05 02:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rc.sendmail 8 ,
|
2008-04-08 23:34:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rfcomm_pppd 8 ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr route 8 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr routed 8 ,
|
2004-06-16 08:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpcbind 8 ,
|
Added cross references for apm, cron, inetd, lpd, moused, mrouted,
nfsd, nfsiod, portmap, rpc.lockd, rpc.statd, syslogd, tickadj, and
ypbind.
1997-12-24 00:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rpc.lockd 8 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr rpc.statd 8 ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr rwhod 8 ,
|
1999-10-06 09:20:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr savecore 8 ,
|
2008-04-08 23:34:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr sdpd 8 ,
|
2000-07-03 12:34:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr sshd 8 ,
|
2001-07-04 15:19:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr swapon 8 ,
|
1998-06-25 04:27:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr sysctl 8 ,
|
Added cross references for apm, cron, inetd, lpd, moused, mrouted,
nfsd, nfsiod, portmap, rpc.lockd, rpc.statd, syslogd, tickadj, and
ypbind.
1997-12-24 00:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr syslogd 8 ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr timed 8 ,
|
2010-08-03 19:25:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr usbconfig 8 ,
|
2009-03-13 07:12:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr wlandebug 8 ,
|
2002-01-14 16:59:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr yp 8 ,
|
Added cross references for apm, cron, inetd, lpd, moused, mrouted,
nfsd, nfsiod, portmap, rpc.lockd, rpc.statd, syslogd, tickadj, and
ypbind.
1997-12-24 00:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ypbind 8 ,
|
1997-09-11 14:31:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.Xr ypserv 8 ,
|
|
|
|
.Xr ypset 8
|
|
|
|
.Sh HISTORY
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
.Nm
|
|
|
|
file appeared in
|
1997-12-27 05:55:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.Fx 2.2.2 .
|
1998-03-12 07:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.Sh AUTHORS
|
2003-04-16 16:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.An Jordan K. Hubbard .
|